[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2008106225A1 - Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same - Google Patents

Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008106225A1
WO2008106225A1 PCT/US2008/002716 US2008002716W WO2008106225A1 WO 2008106225 A1 WO2008106225 A1 WO 2008106225A1 US 2008002716 W US2008002716 W US 2008002716W WO 2008106225 A1 WO2008106225 A1 WO 2008106225A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
unsaturated
saturated
optionally
substituted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2008/002716
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Zoltan F. Kanyo
Ashoke Bhattacharjee
Jacek G. Martynow
Joel A. Goldberg
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Melinta Subsidiary Corp
Original Assignee
Rib X Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Rib X Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Rib X Pharmaceuticals Inc
Publication of WO2008106225A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008106225A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H17/00—Compounds containing heterocyclic radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H17/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only oxygen as ring hetero atoms
    • C07H17/08—Hetero rings containing eight or more ring members, e.g. erythromycins
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to the field of anti-infective, anti -proliferative, anti-inflammatory, and prokinetic agents. More particularly, the invention relates to a family of cycloalkyl containing macrocyclic compounds that are useful as such agents.
  • the problem of resistance is not limited to the area of anti-infective agents. Resistance has also been encountered with anti-proliferative agents used in cancer chemotherapy. Therefore, the need exists for new anti-infective and antiproliferative agents that are both effective against resistant bacteria and resistant strains of cancer cells.
  • Another class of antibiotics is the macrolides, so named for their characteristic 14- to 16-membered ring.
  • the macrolides also often have one or more 6-membered sugar-derived rings attached to the main macrolide ring.
  • the first macrolide antibiotic to be developed was erythromycin, which was isolated from a soil sample from the Philippines in 1952. Even though erythromycin has been one of the most widely prescribed antibiotics, its disadvantages are relatively low bioavailability, gastrointestinal side effects, and a limited spectrum of activity.
  • Another macrolide is the compound, azithromycin, which is an azolide derivative of erythromycin incorporating a methyl-substituted nitrogen in the macrolide ring.
  • Azithromycin is sold under the trade name Zithromax ® .
  • a more recently introduced macrolide is telithromycin, which is sold under the trade name Ketek ® .
  • Telithromycin is a semisynthetic macrolide in which a hydroxyl group of the macrolide ring has been oxidized to a ketone group. See Yong-Ji Wu, Highlights of Semi-synthetic Developments from Erythromycin A, Current Pharm. Design, vol. 6, pp. 181-223 (2000); Yong-Ji Wu and Wei- uo Su, Recent Developments on Ketolides and Macrolides, Curr. Med. Chem., vol. 8, no. 14, pp. 1727-1758 (2001); and. Pal, Sarbani, "A Journey Across the Sequential Development of Macrolides and Ketolides Related to Erythromycin, Tetrahedron 62 (2006) 3171-3200.
  • the invention provides compounds useful as anti-infective agents and/or antiproliferative agents, for example, anti-biotic agents, anti-microbial agents, anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungal agents, anti-parasitic agents, anti-viral agents, anti-diarrheal agents, and chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the present invention also provides compounds useful as antiinflammatory agents, and/or prokinetic (gastrointestinal modulatory) agents.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, N-oxides, or prodrugs of these compounds.
  • the present invention provides cycloalkyl containing macrolide compounds having the structure:
  • variables A, B, C, D, T, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 can be selected from the respective groups of chemical moieties later defined in the detailed description.
  • the invention provides methods of synthesizing the foregoing compounds.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds can be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for administration to a mammal, particularly humans, for use as an anti-cancer, anti-biotic, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, antifungal, anti-parasitic, anti-diarrheal, or anti-viral agent, or to treat a proliferative disease, an inflammatory disease or a gastrointestinal motility disorder, or to suppress disease states or conditions caused or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful for treating, preventing, or reducing the risk of microbial infections or for the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing, or reducing the risk of microbial infections.
  • the compounds or the formulations can be administered, for example, via oral, parenteral, otic, ophthalmic, nasal, or topical routes, to provide an effective amount of the compound to the mammal.
  • the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used as anti- proliferative agents and/or anti-infective agents.
  • the compounds can be used without limitation, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, antiparasitic and/or anti-viral agents.
  • the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used without limitation as anti-inflammatory agents, for example, for use in treating chronic inflammatory airway diseases, and/or as prokinetic agents, for example, for use in treating gastrointestinal motility disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease, gastroparesis (diabetic and post surgical), irritable bowel syndrome, and constipation.
  • the compounds can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation.
  • the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used without limitation as anti-diarrheal agents.
  • the compounds described herein can have asymmetric centers.
  • Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds of the present invention are described and can be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separate isomeric forms. All chiral, diastereomeric, racemic, and geometric isomeric forms of a structure are intended, unless specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. All processes used to prepare compounds of the present invention and intermediates made therein are considered to be part of the present invention. All tautomers of shown or described compounds are also considered to be part of the present invention. Furthermore, the invention also includes metabolites of the compounds described herein.
  • substituted means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
  • the present invention is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the present compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
  • isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium.
  • Isotopes of carbon include C-13 and C-14.
  • any variable e.g., R
  • its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • R 2 at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R 2 .
  • substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • a chemical structure showing a dotted line representation for a chemical bond indicates that the bond is optionally present.
  • a dotted line drawn next to a solid single bond indicates that the bond can be either a single bond or a double bond.
  • anomeric carbon means the acetal carbon of a glycoside.
  • glycoside is a cyclic acetal.
  • alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkyl is intended to include Ci, C 2 , C3, C4, C5, and C 6 alkyl groups.
  • alkyl examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, s-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl.
  • alkenyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl and propenyl.
  • C 2 - 6 alkenyl is intended to include C 2 , C 3 , C4, C5, and C 6 alkenyl groups.
  • alkynyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl and propynyl.
  • C 2-6 alkynyl is intended to include C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C5, and C 6 alkynyl groups.
  • alkyl alkenyl
  • alkynyl moieties which are diradicals, i.e., having two points of attachment, an example of which in the present invention is when D is selected from these chemical groups.
  • a nonlimiting example of such an alkyl moiety that is a diradical is -CH 2 CH 2 -, i.e., a C2 alkyl group that is covalently bonded via each terminal carbon atom to the remainder of the molecule.
  • alkyl As used herein, the terms used to describe various carbon-containing moieties, including, for example, “alkyl,” “alkenyl,” “alkynyl,” “phenyl,” and any variations thereof, are intended to include univalent, bivalent, or multivalent species.
  • Ci -6 alkyl- R 3 is intended to represent a univalent C 1-6 alkyl group substituted with a R 3 group
  • O- Cj -6 alkyl-R 3 is intended to represent a bivalent C ⁇ 6 alkyl group, i.e., an "alkylene” group, substituted with an oxygen atom and a R 3 group.
  • cycloalkyl is intended to include saturated ring groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • C 3 . 8 cycloalkyl is intended to include C 3 , C 4 , Cs, C 6 , C 7 , and Cs cycloalkyl groups.
  • unsaturated refers to compounds having at least one degree of unsaturation (e.g., at least one multiple bond) and includes partially and fully unsaturated compounds.
  • halo or halogen refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo substituents.
  • Counterion is used to mean a positively or negatively charged species present in conjunction with an ion of opposite charge.
  • a nonlimiting example of a counterion is an ion or ions present to counterbalance the charge or charges on an organic compound.
  • Nonlimiting examples of counterions include chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, sulfate, and ammonium.
  • haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and pentachloroethyl.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C5, and C 6 alkoxy groups.
  • alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, s-pentoxy, n-heptoxy, and n-octoxy.
  • alkylthio refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an sulfur bridge. Ci -6 alkylthio, is intended to include Ci, C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkylthio groups.
  • carrier or “carbocyclic ring” is intended to mean, unless otherwise specified, any stable 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring, any of which can be saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic.
  • carbocycles include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane, [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, fluorenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocycle (e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane).
  • a bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms link two non-adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Preferred bridges are one or two carbon atoms. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring.
  • the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge.
  • Fused e.g., naphthyl and tetrahydronaphthyl
  • spiro rings are also included.
  • the term "heterocycle” means, unless otherwise stated, a stable 3, 4, 5,
  • a nitrogen atom When a nitrogen atom is included in the ring it is either N or NH, depending on whether or not it is attached to a double bond in the ring (i.e., a hydrogen is present if needed to maintain the tri-valency of the nitrogen atom).
  • the nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined).
  • the heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure.
  • the heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable.
  • a nitrogen in the heterocycle can optionally be quaternized. Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocycle.
  • a bridged ring occurs when one or more atoms (i.e., C, O, N, or S) link two non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms.
  • Preferred bridges include, but are not limited to, one carbon atom, two carbon atoms, one nitrogen atom, two nitrogen atoms, and a carbon-nitrogen group.
  • the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Spiro and fused rings are also included.
  • aromatic heterocycle or “heteroaryl” is intended to mean a stable 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring, which consists of carbon atoms and one or more heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1- 6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic rings only one of the two rings needs to be aromatic (e.g., 2,3- dihydroindole), though both can be (e.g., quinoline).
  • the second ring can also be fused or bridged as defined above for heterocycles.
  • the nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined).
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridmyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztiiazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-£]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, lH-indazolyl, in
  • the phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • such conventional non-toxic salts include, but are not limited to, those derived from inorganic and organic acids selected from 2-acetoxybenzoic, 2-hydroxyethane sulfonic, acetic, ascorbic, benzene sulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, carbonic, citric, edetic, ethane disulfonic, ethane sulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, glycollyarsanilic, hexylresorcinic, hydrabamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydroiodide, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauryl sulfonic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methane sulfonic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric,
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, USA, p. 1445 (1990).
  • prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds of the present invention can be delivered in prodrug form.
  • the present invention is intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containing the same.
  • Prodrugs are intended to include any covalently bonded carriers that release an active parent drug of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein a hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the present invention is administered to a mammalian subject, it cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or free sulfhydryl group, respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention.
  • “Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • “treating” or “treatment” includes any effect e.g., lessening, reducing, modulating, or eliminating, that results in the improvement of the condition, disease, disorder, etc.
  • “Treating” or “treatment” of a disease state means the treatment of a disease-state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a) inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting its development or its clinical symptoms; and/or (b) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state.
  • preventing means causing the clinical symptoms of the disease state not to develop i.e., inhibiting the onset of disease, in a subject that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease state, but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease state.
  • mammal refers to human and non-human patients.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to a compound, or a combination of compounds, of the present invention present in or on a recipient in an amount sufficient to elicit biological activity, for example, anti-microbial activity, anti-fungal activity, anti-viral activity, anti-parasitic activity, anti-diarrheal activity, and/or antiproliferative activity.
  • the combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described, for example, by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. vol. 22, pp.
  • compositions are described as having, including, or comprising specific components, or where processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, it is contemplated that compositions of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components, and that the processes of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps. Further, it should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions are immaterial so long as the invention remains operable. Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously. 2.
  • the invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • G is selected from: (a) -B' and (b) -B'-Z-B", wherein i) each B' is independently selected from (aa) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and (bb) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein each (aa) or (bb) optionally contains one or more carbonyl groups, and wherein each (aa) or (bb) optionally is substituted with one or more R 11 or R 1 la ; ii) each B" is independently selected from (aa) -H, (bb) -OH, (cc)
  • X is selected from (a) H, (b) halogen, (c) a Ci_ ⁇ alkyl group, (d) a C 2 -6 alkenyl group, (e) a C 2-6 alkynyl group, (f) -OH, (g) -OR 5 , (h) -NR 4 R 4 , (i) -C(O)R 5 , (j) -C(O)OR 5 , (k) - C(O)-NR 4 R 4 , (1) -C(S)R 5 , (m) -C(S)OR 5 , (n) -C(O)SR 5 , (o) -C(S)-NR 4 R 4 , (p) -N 3 , (q) -CN, (r) -CF 3 , (s) -CF 2 H, (t) -CFH 2 , (u) -S(O)pH, (v) -SR 5 , (w) -S(
  • R 1 and R 3 are taken together with the oxygen to which R 1 is attached, the nitrogen to which R 3 is attached and the two intervening carbons to form a 5 or 6 membered ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R 5 groups;
  • R 2 is hydrogen or -OR 12 ;
  • R 4 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
  • R 7 (a) R 7 , (b) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (c) a C 2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C 2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C 3 - 12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or alternatively two R 5 groups, when present on the same carbon atom can be taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a spiro 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; wherein any of (b)-(f) immediately above optionally is substituted with one or more R 7 groups; R 6 , at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
  • NR 6 R 6 forms a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R groups are attached wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R 6 groups are bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(0) p , N, and NR 8 ; alternatively, CR 6 R 6 forms a carbonyl group; R 7 , at each occurrence, is selected
  • NR 6 C(O)NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 (aa) -NR 6 S(O)p(CR 6 R 6 )tR 9 , (bb) - S(O) p NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 )tR 9 , (cc) -NR 6 S(O)pNR 6 (CR 6 R 6 )tR 9 , (dd) -NR 6 R 6 , (ee) - NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ), (ff) -OH, (gg) -NR 6 R 6 , (Wi)-OCH 3 , (ii) -S(O) p R 6 , (jj) - NC(O)R 6 , (kk) -Si(R l3 ) 3 , (11) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (mm) a C 2-6 alkenyl group,
  • (fg) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (gh) -C(OK K alkyl, (hi) -C(O)-C 2-6 alkenyl, (ij) -C(O)-C 2-6 alkynyl, (jk) -C(O)-C 3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (kl) -C(O)-3- 12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (bc)-(k) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from: (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO 2 , (hh) OH, (ii) NH 2 , (jj)
  • Ci -6 alkoxy group (mm) an aryl group, (nn) a substituted aryl group, (00) a heteroaryl group, (pp) a substituted heteroaryl group, and (qq) a Ci -6 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO 2 ,
  • R 9 at each occurrence, independently is selected from: (a) R 10 , (b) a -C 1 ⁇ alkyl, (c) a -C 2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C 2 ⁇ alkynyl, (e) a C 3- I 2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R 10 groups; R 10 , at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
  • NR 6 S(O)pR 6 (u) -S(O)pNR 6 R 6 , (v) -NR 6 S(O)pNR 6 R 6 , (w) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (x) -C 2-6 alkenyl, (y) -C 2-6 alkynyl, (z) C 3 .
  • each R 13 is independently selected from (a) -Ci ⁇ alkyl and (b) -O-(Ci_ 6 alkyl):
  • R 14 at each occurrence is independently selected from:
  • cycloalkyl containing macrolide compound does not include the following compound:
  • the invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or pro-drug thereof, wherein G is selected from G1-G50:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • R 2 , and R 3 are as described herein.
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of (a) H, (b) F, (c) -OH, (d) -O(C i - 6 alkyl), (e) -S(C I-6 alkyl), and (f) -SH.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is selected from F, OH, and alkyl). In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is F.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is OH. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is -0(Ci- ⁇ alkyl).
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is -OCH 3 .
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R d and R e are independently selected from (a) Cl, (b) Br, (c) F, (d) H and (e) Ci-6 alkyl.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R d and R e are H.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R c is selected from (a) H, (b) Ci -6 alkyl, (c) -CF 3 , (d) -CF 2 H, and (e) -CFH 2 .
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R c is H. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R a and R b are selected from H, F, OH, and -0(Ci -6 alkyl).
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R a is H and R b is F.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R a is H and R b is -OH.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R a is H and R b is -0(C 1 ⁇ alkyl).
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R a is H and R b
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- •oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R a is H and R b is H.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- ⁇ oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein G is B'.
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein G is -B'-Z-B".
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, ⁇ - ⁇ oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is:
  • M is selected from:
  • R 100 is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) -SR 114 , and (f) Ci -6 alkyl, wherein
  • R 101 is selected from:
  • R 103 is selected from:
  • R 102 and R 103 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form (a) a carbonyl group or (b) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R 114 groups; alternatively, R 101 and R 103 taken together are a single bond between the respective carbons to which these two groups are attached thereby creating a double bond between the carbons to which R 100 and R 102 are attached; alternatively, R 101 and R 103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, wherein said 3-7 membered ring can optionally be substituted with one or more R 114 groups; alternatively, R 100 , R 101 , R 102 , and R 103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered fused carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, wherein said fused ring can be optionally substituted with
  • R 103 and R 104 taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form: wherein R 135 and R 136 are selected from (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci -6 alkyl, (c) C 2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) € 3 .
  • R , 149 is selected from:
  • R 130 is -OH, or R 114 ,
  • R 106 is selected from:
  • U is selected from (a) -(Ci- 4 -alkyl)- and (b)-(C 2 - 4 -alkenyl)-, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R 117 ;
  • M and R are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form:
  • R 107 is selected from
  • R 1 and R 107 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an epoxide, a carbonyl, an exocyclic olefin, or a substituted exocyclic olefin, or a C 3 - C 7 carbocyclic, carbonate, or carbamate, wherein the nitrogen of said carbamate can be further substituted with a Ci- 6 alkyl;
  • R 108 is selected from:
  • R 109 is H, C w alkyl, or F;
  • R 114 at each occurrence, independently is selected from: (a) H, (b) Ci -6 alkyl, (c) C 2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3.12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -C(O)-C 1-6 alkyl, (h) -C(O)-C 2 -O alkenyl, (i) -C(O)-C2-5 alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-Cs-I 2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (1) -C(O)O
  • R 115 is selected from: (a) R 117 , Qa) C ⁇ -6 alkyl, (c) C 2-6 alkenyl, (d) C 2 * alkynyl, (e) C 3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -OCi -6 alkyl, (h) -OC 2-6 alkenyl, and (i) -
  • R 116 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
  • R is selected from:
  • R 120 (a) R 120 , (b) C 1-6 alkyl, (c) C 2 ⁇ alkenyl, (d) C 2-5 alkynyl, (e) C 3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R 114 groups; R 120 , at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
  • Ci* acyl; R 121 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
  • R 127 is R 114 , a monosaccharide or a disaccharide (including amino sugars and halogenated sugar(s)), -S(O) P R 148 ,
  • R 110 is R" 4 ; alternatively, R 109 and R 110 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form:
  • R 137 is independently (a) H, (b) Ci -6 alkyl, (c) C 2-6 alkenyl, (d) C 2-6 alkynyl, (e) - (CH 2 ) q CR 141 R 142 (CH 2 ) n NR 143 R 144 , -CCH 2 ) V (C 6 -Cio aryl), or -(CH 2 )v(5-10 membered heteroaryl); or where R 137 Js-CH 2 NR 137 R 139 , R 139 and R 137 may be taken together to form a 4-10 membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated ring or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein said saturated and heteroaryl rings optionally include 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and -N(R 137 )-, in addition to the nitrogen to which R 139 and R 137 are attached, said saturated ring optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and said saturated
  • R 139 groups are optionally substituted by 1 , 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo and -OR 138 ; each R 140 is independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, -C(O)R 145 , -C(O)OR 145 , -OC(O)OR 145 , -NR 146 C(O)R 147 , -NR 146 R 147 , OH, C,- 6 alkyl, Cr 6 alkoxy, -(CH 2 ) v (C6-Ci 0 aryl), and -(CH 2 ) v (5-10 membered heteroaryl), wherein said aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, - C(O)R 145 ,-C(O)OR 145 , -OC(O)
  • the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is a macrolide selected from:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is a macrolide selected from Tl through T93:
  • the present invention relates to a compound having the structure corresponding to any one of the structures listed in Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention relates to an intermediate used in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
  • the present invention relates to a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention relates to a method for treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a microbial infection in a mammal.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, wherein the microbial infection is selected from the group consisting of: a skin infection, nosocomial pneumonia, community acquired pneumonia, post- viral pneumonia, a respiratory tract infection such as CRTI, a skin and soft tissue infection (SSTI) including uncomplicated skin and soft tissue infections (uSSTIs) and complicated skin and soft tissue infections, as an abdominal infection, a urinary tract infection, bacteremia, septicemia, endocarditis, an atrio-ventricular shunt infection, a vascular access infection, meningitis, surgical prophylaxis, a peritoneal infection, a bone infection, a joint infection, a methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infection, a vancomycin-resistant Enterococci infection, a linezolid-resistant organism infection, and tuberculo
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating a fungal infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating a parasitic disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating a viral infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating an inflammatory disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a gastrointestinal motility disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating diarrhea in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention to suppress expression of the nonsense or missense mutation.
  • the present invention relates to a method or use wherein the compound of the invention is administered otically, opthalmically, nasally, orally, parentally, or topically.
  • the present invention relates to a method of synthesizing a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a medical device containing a compound of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a medical device containing a compound of the invention, wherein the device is a stent.
  • the compounds of the present invention can include a wide range of structures.
  • macrolide components and their syntheses are provided in the following documents, all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety: PCT Application No. WO 2007/025284, published March 1, 2007, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT Application No. WO 2007/025098, published March 1, 2007, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT Application No. WO 2007/ 025089, published March 1, 2007, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/118610, published December 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No.
  • the invention provides methods for making the compounds of the invention.
  • the following schemes depict exemplary chemistries available for synthesizing the compounds of the invention.
  • Scheme 1 illustrates the typical general synthesis of the macrolide compounds of the present invention.
  • the synthesis starts with a known macrolide core component such as, for example, erythromycin, azithromycin, clarithromycin, roxithromycin, telithromycin, etc.
  • the macrolide core component is then converted to the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound.
  • erythromycin can be converted to the 3'-N-desmethyl compound as described in the scientific and patent literature. See U.S. Patent No. 3,725,385; Flynn et al. (1954) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76: 3121; Ku et al. (1997) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7: 1203; Stenmark et al. (2000) J. Org. Chem. 65: 3875).
  • Analogous chemical procedures can be used to convert azithromycin, clarithromycin, roxithromycin, telithromycin, and other macrolide core components to their corresponding 3'-N-desmethyl forms.
  • the 3'-N-desmethyl compounds can be further modified to provide yet further 3'-N-desmethyl compounds for use herein.
  • the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound is N-alkylated with an ester such as a terminally substituted ester having a suitable leaving group (e.g. halogen, tosylate, mesylate, bromide, etc.) to yield a 3'-N-alkyl ester compound.
  • an ester such as a terminally substituted ester having a suitable leaving group (e.g. halogen, tosylate, mesylate, bromide, etc.)
  • a suitable leaving group e.g. halogen, tosylate, mesylate, bromide, etc.
  • terminal halogenated esters such as terminal bromo esters can be used.
  • One example according to the present invention includes esters of acids comprising a cyclopropane or a cyclobutane ring, and possessing terminal sulfonate group, terminal iodide, terminal bromide or another terminal leaving group.
  • the desired macrolide compound can be obtained directly from the 3'- N-desmethyl macrolide compound, which can be N-alkylated with an amide containing a cyclopropane ring, such as a terminally substituted amide having a suitable leaving group (e.g. halogen, tosylate, mesylate, bromide, etc.) to yield a 3'-N-alkyl amide compound.
  • the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound is N-alkylated with an aldehyde ester, using one of the reductive amination protocols known in the art.
  • an ester aldehyde is condensed with secondary amine group of the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound, and the intermediate thus formed is reduced to the alkylamino ester.
  • This ester compound is then converted to the desired macrolide compound.
  • the desired macrolide compound can be obtained directly from the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound, which can be N-alkylated with an amide containing a cyclopropane ring, such as a terminally substituted amide possessing an aldehyde group.
  • the 3'-N-alkyl ester compound is converted to a 3'-N-alkyl carboxylic acid salt, such as a lithium salt by reaction with LiOH in methanol, followed by reaction with the desired amino compound to couple the two components via an amide linkage.
  • a 3'-N-alkyl carboxylic acid salt such as a lithium salt
  • Compounds designed, selected and/or optimized by methods described above, once produced, can be characterized using a variety of assays known to those skilled in the art to determine whether the compounds have biological activity.
  • the molecules can be characterized by conventional assays, including but not limited to those assays described below, to determine whether they have a predicted activity, binding activity and/or binding specificity.
  • high-throughput screening can be used to speed up analysis using such assays. As a result, it can be possible to rapidly screen the molecules described herein for activity, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-parasitic or anti-viral agents.
  • SPR methodologies measure the interaction between two or more macromolecules in real-time through the generation of a quantum-mechanical surface plasmon.
  • One device (BIAcore Biosensor RTM from Pharmacia Biosensor, Piscataway, NJ.) provides a focused beam of polychromatic light to the interface between a gold film (provided as a disposable biosensor "chip") and a buffer compartment that can be regulated by the user.
  • a 100 nm thick "hydrogel” composed of carboxylated dextran that provides a matrix for the covalent immobilization of analytes of interest is attached to the gold film. When the focused light interacts with the free electron cloud of the gold film, plasmon resonance is enhanced.
  • the resulting reflected light is spectrally depleted in wavelengths that optimally evolved the resonance.
  • the BIAcore establishes an optical interface which accurately reports the behavior of the generated surface plasmon resonance.
  • the plasmon resonance and thus the depletion spectrum
  • the plasmon resonance is sensitive to mass in the evanescent field (which corresponds roughly to the thickness of the hydrogel).
  • the interaction between the two components can be measured in real time based on the accumulation of mass in the evanescent field and its corresponding effects of the plasmon resonance as measured by the depletion spectrum.
  • This system permits rapid and sensitive real-time measurement of the molecular interactions without the need to label either component.
  • Fluorescence polarization is a measurement technique that can readily be applied to protein-protein, protein-ligand, or RNA-ligand interactions in order to derive IC50S and Kds of the association reaction between two molecules.
  • one of the molecules of interest is conjugated with a fluorophore. This is generally the smaller molecule in the system (in this case, the compound of interest).
  • the sample mixture containing both the ligand-probe conjugate and the ribosome, ribosomal subunit or fragment thereof, is excited with vertically polarized light. Light is absorbed by the probe fluorophores, and re-emitted a short time later. The degree of polarization of the emitted light is measured.
  • Polarization of the emitted light is dependent on several factors, but most importantly on viscosity of the solution and on the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore. With proper controls, changes in the degree of polarization of the emitted light depends only on changes in the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore, which in-tum depends on whether the probe-ligand conjugate is free in solution, or is bound to a receptor. Binding assays based on FP have a number of important advantages, including the measurement of IC 50 S and Kds under true homogenous equilibrium conditions, speed of analysis and amenity to automation, and ability to screen in cloudy suspensions and colored solutions. (3) Protein Synthesis.
  • the compound of interest can also be characterized as a modulator (for example, an inhibitor of protein synthesis) of the functional activity of the ribosome or ribosomal subunit.
  • a modulator for example, an inhibitor of protein synthesis
  • more specific protein synthesis inhibition assays can be performed by administering the compound to a whole organism, tissue, organ, organelle, cell, a cellular or subcellular extract, or a purified ribosome preparation and observing its pharmacological and inhibitory properties by determining, for example, its inhibition constant (IC 50 ) for inhibiting protein synthesis.
  • IC 50 inhibition constant
  • Incorporation of 3 H leucine or 35 S methionine, or similar experiments can be performed to investigate protein synthesis activity.
  • a change in the amount or the rate of protein synthesis in the cell in the presence of a molecule of interest indicates that the molecule is a modulator of protein synthesis.
  • a decrease in the rate or the amount of protein synthesis indicates that the molecule is a inhibitor of protein synthesis.
  • the compounds can be assayed for anti-proliferative or anti-infective properties on a cellular level.
  • the activity of compounds of interest can be assayed by growing the microorganisms of interest in media either containing or lacking the compound. Growth inhibition can be indicative that the molecule can be acting as a protein synthesis inhibitor.
  • the activity of the compounds of interest against bacterial pathogens can be demonstrated by the ability of the compound to inhibit growth of defined strains of human pathogens.
  • a panel of bacterial strains can be assembled to include a variety of target pathogenic species, some containing resistance mechanisms that have been characterized. Use of such a panel of organisms permits the determination of structure-activity relationships not only in regards to potency and spectrum, but also with a view to obviating resistance mechanisms.
  • MICs Minimum inhibitory concentrations are determined by the microdilution method, typically in a final volume of 100 microliters, according to protocols outlined by The Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute [CLSI; formerly the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS)]. See CLSI: Methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically; approved standard-fifth edition. Wayne, PA: NCCLS; 2000. The assays can be also be performed in microtiter trays according to conventional methodologies as published by the CLSI. See CLSI. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria That Grow Aerobically; Approved Standard-Seventh Edition. CLSI Document M7-A7 [ISBN 1-56238-587-9] CLSI, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne Pennsylvania 19087-1898 USA, 2006.).
  • the antimicrobial and other drug properties of the compounds can further be evaluated in various in vivo mammalian assays, such as a mouse or rat peritonitis infectious models, skin and soft tissue models (often referred to as the thigh model), or a mouse pneumonia model.
  • a mouse or rat peritonitis infectious models skin and soft tissue models (often referred to as the thigh model), or a mouse pneumonia model.
  • septicemia or organ infection models known to those skilled in the art.
  • These efficacy models can be used as part of the evaluation process and can be used as a guide of potential efficacy in humans.
  • Endpoints can vary from reduction in bacterial burden to lethality. For the latter endpoint, results are often expressed as a PD 50 value, or the dose of drug that protects 50% of the animals from mortality.
  • measurements of inhibition of cytochrome P450 enzymes and phase ⁇ metabolizing enzyme activity can also be measured either using recombinant human enzyme systems or more complex systems like human liver microsomes. Further, compounds can be assessed as substrates of these metabolic enzyme activities as well. These activities are useful in determining the potential of a compound to cause drug-drug interactions or generate metabolites that retain or have no useful antimicrobial activity.
  • solubility and Caco-2 assays are a cell line from human epithelium that allows measurement of drug uptake and passage through a Caco-2 cell monolayer often growing within wells of a 24-well microtiter plate equipped with a 1 micron membrane. Free drug concentrations can be measured on the basolateral side of the monolayer, assessing the amount of drug that can pass through the intestinal monolayer. Appropriate controls to ensure monolayer integrity and tightness of gap junctions are needed. Using this same system one can get an estimate of P-glycoprotein mediated efflux.
  • P-glycoprotein is a pump that localizes to the apical membrane of cells, forming polarized monolayers. This pump can abrogate the active or passive uptake across the Caco-2 cell membrane, resulting in less drug passing through the intestinal epithelial layer. These results are often done in conjunction with solubility measurements and both of these factors are known to contribute to oral bioavailability in mammals. Measurements of oral bioavailability in animals and ultimately in man using traditional pharmacokinetic experiments will determine the absolute oral bioavailability.
  • the compounds of the invention can be useful in the prevention or treatment of a variety of human or other animal, including mammalian and non mammalian, disorders, including for example, bacterial infection, fungal infections, viral infections, parasitic diseases, diarrhea, and cancer. It is contemplated that, once identified, the active molecules of the invention can be incorporated into any suitable carrier prior to use.
  • the dose of active molecule, mode of administration and use of suitable carrier will depend upon the intended recipient and target organism.
  • the formulations, both for veterinary and for human medical use, of compounds according to the present invention typically include such compounds in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the carrier(s) should be "acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulations and not deleterious to the recipient.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated.
  • Supplementary active compounds (identified or designed according to the invention and/or known in the art) also can be incorporated into the compositions.
  • formulations can conveniently be presented in dosage unit form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy/microbiology. In general, some formulations are prepared by bringing the compound into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention should be formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include oral or parenteral, for example, otic, ophthalmic, intravenous, intradermal, inhalation/nasal, transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents
  • antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens
  • antioxidants
  • Useful solutions for oral or parenteral administration can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art, described, for example, in Remington's
  • Formulations for parenteral administration can also include glycocholate for buccal administration, methoxysalicylate for rectal administration, or citric acid for vaginal administration.
  • the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • Suppositories for rectal administration also can be prepared by mixing the drug with a non- irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, other glycerides, or other compositions which are solid at room temperature and liquid at body temperatures.
  • Formulations also can include, for example, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, and hydrogenated naphthalenes.
  • Formulations for direct administration can include glycerol and other compositions of high viscosity.
  • Other potentially useful parenteral carriers for these drugs include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes.
  • Formulations for inhalation administration can contain as excipients, for example, lactose, or can be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel to be applied intranasally. Retention enemas also can be used for rectal delivery.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration can be in the form of: discrete units such as capsules, gelatin capsules, sachets, tablets, troches, or lozenges, each containing a predetermined amount of the drug; a powder or granular composition; a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or non-aqueous liquid; or an oil- in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil emulsion.
  • the drug can also be administered in the form of a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a tablet can be made by compressing or moulding the drug optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the drug in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed by a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets can be made by moulding, in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered drug and suitable carrier moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients.
  • compositions prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash include the compound in the fluid carrier and are applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed.
  • Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose
  • a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filter sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • methods of preparation include vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Formulations suitable for intra-articular administration can be in the form of a sterile aqueous preparation of the drug that can be in microcrystalline form, for example, in the form of an aqueous microcrystalline suspension.
  • Liposomal formulations or biodegradable polymer systems can also be used to present the drug for both intra-articular and ophthalmic administration.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration, including eye treatment include liquid or semi-liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, gels, applicants, oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions such as creams, ointments or pastes; or solutions or suspensions such as drops.
  • Formulations for topical administration to the skin surface can be prepared by dispersing the drug with a dermatologically acceptable carrier such as a lotion, cream, ointment or soap. Particularly useful are carriers capable of forming a film or layer over the skin to localize application and inhibit removal.
  • a dermatologically acceptable carrier such as a lotion, cream, ointment or soap.
  • the agent can be dispersed in a liquid tissue adhesive or other substance known to enhance adsorption to a tissue surface.
  • tissue adhesive such as hydroxypropylcellulose or fibrinogen/thrombin solutions can be used to advantage.
  • tissue-coating solutions such as pectin-containing formulations can be used.
  • inhalation of powder (self-propelling or spray formulations) dispensed with a spray can a nebulizer, or an atomizer can be used.
  • Such formulations can be in the form of a fine powder for pulmonary administration from a powder inhalation device or self-propelling powder-dispensing formulations.
  • self-propelling solution and spray formulations the effect can be achieved either by choice of a valve having the desired spray characteristics (i.e., being capable of producing a spray having the desired particle size) or by incorporating the active ingredient as a suspended powder in controlled particle size.
  • the compounds also can be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration also can be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants generally are known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents and bile salts.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds typically are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the active compounds can be prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • Oral or parenteral compositions can be formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • administration can be by periodic injections of a bolus, or can be made more continuous by intravenous, intramuscular or intraperitoneal administration from an external reservoir (e.g., an intravenous bag).
  • the composition can include the drug dispersed in a fibrinogen-thrombin composition or other bioadhesive.
  • the compound then can be painted, sprayed or otherwise applied to the desired tissue surface.
  • the drugs can be formulated for parenteral or oral administration to humans or other mammals, for example, in therapeutically effective amounts, e.g., amounts that provide appropriate concentrations of the drug to target tissue for a time sufficient to induce the desired effect.
  • the active compound is to be used as part of a transplant procedure, it can be provided to the living tissue or organ to be transplanted prior to removal of tissue or organ from the donor. The compound can be provided to the donor host.
  • the organ or living tissue can be placed in a preservation solution containing the active compound.
  • the active compound can be administered directly to the desired tissue, as by injection to the tissue, or it can be provided systemically, e.g., by oral, otic, ophthalmic, topic, or nasal or parenteral administration, using any of the methods and formulations described herein and/or known in the art.
  • any commercially available preservation solution can be used to advantage.
  • useful solutions known in the art include Collins solution, Wisconsin solution, Belzer solution, Eurocollins solution and lactated Ringer's solution.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered directly to a tissue locus by applying the compound to a medical device that is placed in contact with the tissue.
  • a medical device is a stent, which contains or is coated with one or more of the compounds of the present invention.
  • an active compound can be applied to a stent at the site of vascular injury.
  • Stents can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Fattori, R. and Piva, T., "Drug Eluting Stents in Vascular Intervention," Lancet, 2003, 361, 247-249; Morice, M. C, "A New Era in the Treatment of Coronary Disease?" European Heart Journal, 2003, 24, 209-211; and Toutouzas, K.
  • the stent can be fabricated from stainless steel or another bio-compatible metal, or it can be made of a bio-compatible polymer.
  • the active compound can be linked to the stent surface, embedded and released from polymer materials coated on the stent, or surrounded by and released through a carrier which coats or spans the stent.
  • the stent can be used to administer single or multiple active compounds to tissues adjacent to the stent.
  • Active compound as identified or designed by the methods described herein can be administered to individuals to treat disorders (prophylactically or therapeutically).
  • pharmacogenomics ⁇ i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
  • Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug.
  • a physician or clinician can consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a drug as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with the drug.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, otically, opthalmically, nasally, parenterally and/or topically at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level or tissue level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be anti-microbially effective.
  • a concentration that is, an amount, or blood-level or tissue level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be anti-microbially effective.
  • an effective amount of dosage of active component will be in the range of from about 0.1 to about 100, more preferably from about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day.
  • the amount administered will also likely depend on such variables as the type and extent of disease or indication to be treated, the overall health status of the particular patient, the relative biological efficacy of the compound delivered, the formulation of the drug, the presence and types of excipients in the formulation, and the route of administration. Also, it is to be understood that the initial dosage administered can be increased beyond the above upper level in order to rapidly achieve the desired blood-level or tissue level, or the initial dosage can be smaller than the optimum and the daily dosage can be progressively increased during the course of treatment depending on the particular situation. If desired, the daily dose can also be divided into multiple doses for administration, for example, two to four times per day.
  • Various disease states or conditions in humans and other mammals are found to be caused by or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations. These mutations cause or mediate the disease state or condition by adversely affecting, for example, protein synthesis, folding, trafficking and/or function.
  • Examples of disease states or conditions in which an appreciable percentage of the disease or condition is believed to result from nonsense or missense mutations include hemophilia (factor VTII gene), neurofibromatosis (NFl and NF2 genes), retinitis pigmentosa (human USH2A gene), bullous skin diseases like Epidermolysis bullosa pruriginosa (COL7A1 gene), cystic fibrosis (cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator gene), breast and ovarian cancer (BRCAl and BRC A2 genes), Duchenne muscular dystrophy (dystrophin gene), colon cancer (mismatch repair genes, predominantly in MLHl and MSH2), and lysosomal storage disorders such as Neimann-Pick disease (acid sphingomyelinase gene).
  • hemophilia factor VTII gene
  • NFl and NF2 genes neurofibromatosis
  • retinitis pigmentosa human USH2A gene
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by such nonsense or missense mutations by administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of the present invention to suppress the nonsense or missense mutation involved in the disease state.
  • Avance 500 spectrometer or in some cases a GE-Nicolet 300 spectrometer.
  • Common reaction solvents were either high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) grade or American Chemical Society (ACS) grade, and anhydrous as obtained from the manufacturer unless otherwise noted.
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • ACS American Chemical Society
  • Chroxography or “purified by silica gel chromatography” refers to flash column chromatography using silica gel (EM Merck, Silica Gel 60, 230-400 mesh) unless otherwise noted.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared using known chemical transformations adapted to the particular situation at hand. Examples of chemical transformations useful in the present invention can be found in: U.S. Patent No. 7,091,196 B2, to Wang et al., issued August 15, 2006; PCT application No.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared, formulated, and delivered as salts, esters, and prodrugs.
  • the compounds are generally shown without indicating a particular salt, ester, or prodrug form.
  • variable G is further selected from -B' or -B'-Z-B.
  • Tables 1 A-II provide examples of chemical moieties or fragments for -Z-B" when G is selected from -B'-Z-B". Note that in Tables 1 A-II, the chemical moieties or fragments for "- Z-B" are drawn such that the chemical moiety or fragment is bonded to -B from the left of the chemical moiety or fragment as drawn. For example, using the first chemical moiety or fragment from Table IA as an example, it can alternatively be drawn as shown immediately below.
  • variable G could be selected from -B '-Z-B". If, for example, B' is then selected from phenyl, then -Z- B" could be further selected from the first chemical moiety or fragment of Table IA to give the indicated compound.
  • Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G.
  • Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G selected form -B'-Z-B".
  • Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G selected form -B'-Z-B", wherein B' is phenyl.
  • Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G selected form -B '-Z-B" wherein B' is phenyl and -Z-B" is selected from the first chemical moiety or fragment of Table IA.
  • Examples 1 - 6 Synthesis of 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide intermediate compounds Examples 1-6 describe the synthesis of various 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compounds which are useful intermediates for making the compounds of the present invention.
  • 3'-N-desmethyl erythromycin is synthesized from erythromycin according to the procedure described in U.S. Patent No. 3,725,385; Flynn et al. (1954) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76: 3121; Ku et al. (1997) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7: 1203; and Stenmark et al. (2000) J. Org. Chem. 65: 3875).
  • Example 2 Synthesis of 3'-7Y-desmethyl azithromycin from azithromycin Azithromycin (0.80 g, 1.02 mmol) and sodium acetate (NaOAc) (0.712 g, 8.06 mmol) were dissolved in 80% aqueous MeOH (25 mL). The solution was heated to 50 0 C followed by addition of iodine (I 2 ) (0.272 g, 1.07 mmol) in three batches within 3 minutes. The reaction was maintained at a pH between 8 and 9 by adding IN sodium hydroxide (NaOH) (1 mL) at 10 min and 45 minute intervals. The solution turned colorless within 45 minutes, however, stirring was continued for 2 hours.
  • I 2 iodine
  • the crude was purified on a silica gel column eluting with CH 2 Cl 2 ZMeOHZNH 4 OH 18:1:0.05 to 10:1 :0.05 to provide the 3'-N-desmethyl azithromycin (0.41 g, 55%).
  • Example 3 Synthesis of 3'-7V-desmethyl clarithromycin from clarithromycin To a mixture of clarithromycin (1.00 g, 1.3 mmol) and ⁇ aOAc ⁇ H 2 0 (0.885 g, 6.5 mmol) was added MeOH-H 2 O (20 mL, 4:1), and the mixture heated to 55-60 0 C. Iodine (0.330 g, 1.3 mmol) was added portion-wise and the reaction stirred at 55-60 0 C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was poured into 50 mL CHCI3 containing 1 mL ammonium hydroxide.
  • telithromycin (3.0 g, 3.60 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (70 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (NIS) (0.98 g, 4.32 mmol) in two portions within 30 min at 0 0 C under argon atmosphere. The mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred overnight. CH 2 Cl 2 (250 mL) and 5 % Na 2 S 2 O 3 (80 mL) were added and the two layers separated. The organic layer was extracted with 5 % Na 2 S 2 O 3 (1 X 80 mL), dilute NH 4 Cl (1 X 80 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • NMS N-iodosuccinimide
  • ketolide function i.e. the 1,3-diketone
  • the ketolide function is introduced after the 3'-N-desmethyl functionality has been further transformed to an N-alkynyl intermediate.
  • clarithromycin is converted to 3'-N-desmethyl clarithromycin.
  • This compound is then alkylated to form an alkynyl intermediate.
  • the cladinose sugar is then cleaved from this intermediate and the resulting free hydroxyl group is oxidized to the ketone.
  • Example 7 Synthesis of Compounds Compounds 119, 120, 121, and 122, and Intermediates A, and B are generally ca. 1 :1 mixtures of the (R, R)- and (S, S)-diastereomers on the cyclopropyl linker. These compounds were synthesized from racemic 2-formylcyclopropanecarboxylate via a reductive amination protocol. The following Scheme illustrates the synthesis of compound 119.
  • N-Desmethylclarithromycin (20.0 g, 27.25 mmol), THF (75 mL) and isopropanol (100 mL) were stirred at room temperature.
  • Trimethyl orthoformate (11.57 g, 11.94 mL, 109 mmol) was added, followed by ethyl 2-formylcyclopropanecarboxylate (15.49 g, 109 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride NaBH 3 CN (7.71 g, 122.6 mmol). After 40 min, MgCl 2 (13.0 g, 136.2 mmol) was introduced and stirring was continued at room temperature.
  • Compound 124 was synthesized from (5, 5)-2-(toluene-4- sulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester and N-desmethylclarithromycin according to the three-step experimental protocol described above for the synthesis of the isomeric compound 123.
  • the last step of the synthetic sequence followed by HPLC purification afforded compound 124 (102.9 mg, 36%) as a white solid; LCMS (CI) m/z 559 (M+2H) 2+ /2.
  • This acid (0.53 g, 0.615 mmol), (5)-5-aminomethyl-3-[4-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-3- fluorophenyl]-oxazolidin-2-one (130 mg, 0.247 mmol), HBTU (260 mg, 0.685 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (225 ⁇ L, 167 mg, 1.29 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (5.0 mL) were placed in a 15 mL Schlenk tube. The vessel was purged with argon and sealed.
  • reaction mixture was partitioned between CH 2 CU (20 mL) and H 2 O (50 mL).
  • the organic phase was washed with saturated NaCl/H 2 ⁇ (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the thus obtained glassy solid was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 10% v/v 2M NH 3 /MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 ] affording compound 113, a white solid (36.6 mg, 30%); LCMS (CI) m/z 534 (M+2H) 2+ /2.
  • Amine compounds useful in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are readily made using generally known chemistries. Exemplary amino compounds are shown below in Table 2. Antimicrobial activity
  • the compounds of the present invention were tested for antimicrobial activity. These data are presented in Table 3. The compounds were run against Streptococcus pneumoniae (wild type strain 02J1016) and Streptococcus pyogenes (wild type strain SS1542) using a standard microdilution assay to determine minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs). The data is presented whereby a "+” indicates that the compound has an MIC value of 16 micrograms/ml or less and a "-" indicates that the compound has an MIC value greater than 16 micrograms/ml. A "N/A" means that data is unavailable.
  • the compounds can be assessed against other bacterial organisms and that the presentation of data for activity against Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus pyogenes is for illustrative purposes and in no way is intended to limit the scope of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be assayed against a range of other microorganisms depending upon the performance activity desired to be gathered.
  • the "+", “-”, and “N/A" representation and the selection of a cutoff value of 16 micrograms/ml is also illustrative and in no way is intended to limit the scope of the present invention.
  • a "-" is not meant to indicate that the compound necessarily lacks activity or utility, but rather that its MIC value against the indicated microorganism is greater than 16 micrograms/ml.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides cycloalkyl containing macrocyclic compounds useful as therapeutic agents. More particularly, these compounds are useful as anti-infective, anti-proliferative, anti-inflammatory, and prokinetic agents.

Description

MA CROLIDE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Patent Application No. 60/904,355, filed February 28, 2007, U.S. Patent Application No. 60/904,396, filed February 28, 2007, U.S. Patent Application No. 60/904,392, filed February 28, 2007, U.S. Patent Application No. 60/904,351, filed February 28, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No. 60/904,395, filed February 28, 2007, the disclosure of each is incorporated by reference herein.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates generally to the field of anti-infective, anti -proliferative, anti-inflammatory, and prokinetic agents. More particularly, the invention relates to a family of cycloalkyl containing macrocyclic compounds that are useful as such agents.
BACKGROUND
Since the discovery of penicillin in the 1920s and streptomycin in the 1940s, many new compounds have been discovered or specifically designed for use as antibiotic agents. It was once believed that infectious diseases could be completely controlled or eradicated with the use of such therapeutic agents. However, such beliefs have been shaken because strains of cells or microorganisms resistant to currently effective therapeutic agents continue to evolve. In fact, virtually every antibiotic agent developed for clinical use has ultimately encountered problems with the emergence of resistant bacteria. For example, resistant strains of Gram-positive bacteria such as methicillin-resistant staphylococci, penicillin-resistant streptococci, and vancomycin-resistant enterococci have developed. These resistant bacteria can cause serious and even fatal results for patients infected with such resistant bacteria. Bacteria that are resistant to macrolide antibiotics have emerged. Also, resistant strains of Gram-negative bacteria such as H. influenzae and M. catarrhalis have been identified. See, e.g., F.D. Lowry, "Antimicrobial Resistance: The Example of Staphylococcus aureus " J. CHn. Invest, vol. 111, no. 9, pp. 1265-1273 (2003); and Gold, H.S. and Moellering, R.C., Jr., "Antimicrobial-Drug Resistance," N. Engl. J. Med., vol. 335, pp. 1445-53 (1996).
The problem of resistance is not limited to the area of anti-infective agents. Resistance has also been encountered with anti-proliferative agents used in cancer chemotherapy. Therefore, the need exists for new anti-infective and antiproliferative agents that are both effective against resistant bacteria and resistant strains of cancer cells.
Despite the problem of increasing antibiotic resistance, no new major classes of antibiotics have been developed for clinical use since the approval in the United States in 2000 of the oxazolidinone ring-containing antibiotic, linezolid, which is sold under the trade name Zyvox®. See, R.C. Moellering, Jr., "Linezolid: The First Oxazolidinone Antimicrobial," Annals of Internal Medicine, vol. 138, no. 2, pp. 135-142 (2003). Linezolid was approved for use as an anti-bacterial agent active against Gram-positive organisms. However, linezolid-resistant strains of organisms are already being reported. See, Tsiodras et ah, Lancet, vol. 358, p. 207 (2001); Gonzales et al., Lancet, vol 357, p. 1179 (2001); Zurenko et al., Proceedings Of The 3&h Annual Interscience Conference On Antibacterial Agents And Chemotherapy (ICAAC), San Francisco, CA, USA (September 26-29, 1999).
Another class of antibiotics is the macrolides, so named for their characteristic 14- to 16-membered ring. The macrolides also often have one or more 6-membered sugar-derived rings attached to the main macrolide ring. The first macrolide antibiotic to be developed was erythromycin, which was isolated from a soil sample from the Philippines in 1952. Even though erythromycin has been one of the most widely prescribed antibiotics, its disadvantages are relatively low bioavailability, gastrointestinal side effects, and a limited spectrum of activity. Another macrolide is the compound, azithromycin, which is an azolide derivative of erythromycin incorporating a methyl-substituted nitrogen in the macrolide ring.
Azithromycin is sold under the trade name Zithromax®. A more recently introduced macrolide is telithromycin, which is sold under the trade name Ketek®. Telithromycin is a semisynthetic macrolide in which a hydroxyl group of the macrolide ring has been oxidized to a ketone group. See Yong-Ji Wu, Highlights of Semi-synthetic Developments from Erythromycin A, Current Pharm. Design, vol. 6, pp. 181-223 (2000); Yong-Ji Wu and Wei- uo Su, Recent Developments on Ketolides and Macrolides, Curr. Med. Chem., vol. 8, no. 14, pp. 1727-1758 (2001); and. Pal, Sarbani, "A Journey Across the Sequential Development of Macrolides and Ketolides Related to Erythromycin, Tetrahedron 62 (2006) 3171-3200.
In the search for new therapeutic agents, researchers have tried combining or linking various portions of antibiotic molecules to create multifunctional or hybrid compounds Other researches have tried making macrolide derivatives by adding further substituents to the large macrolide ring or associated sugar rings. However, this approach for making macrolide derivatives has also met with limited success. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there is an ongoing need for new anti-infective and antiproliferative agents. Furthermore, because many anti-infective and antiproliferative agents have utility as anti-inflammatory agents and prokinetic agents, there is also an ongoing need for new compounds useful as anti-inflammatory and prokinetic agents. The present invention provides compounds that meet these needs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides compounds useful as anti-infective agents and/or antiproliferative agents, for example, anti-biotic agents, anti-microbial agents, anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungal agents, anti-parasitic agents, anti-viral agents, anti-diarrheal agents, and chemotherapeutic agents. The present invention also provides compounds useful as antiinflammatory agents, and/or prokinetic (gastrointestinal modulatory) agents. The present invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, N-oxides, or prodrugs of these compounds.
The present invention provides cycloalkyl containing macrolide compounds having the structure:
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. In the formula, variables A, B, C, D, T, R1, R2, and R3 can be selected from the respective groups of chemical moieties later defined in the detailed description.
In addition, the invention provides methods of synthesizing the foregoing compounds. Following synthesis, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds can be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for administration to a mammal, particularly humans, for use as an anti-cancer, anti-biotic, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, antifungal, anti-parasitic, anti-diarrheal, or anti-viral agent, or to treat a proliferative disease, an inflammatory disease or a gastrointestinal motility disorder, or to suppress disease states or conditions caused or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are useful for treating, preventing, or reducing the risk of microbial infections or for the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing, or reducing the risk of microbial infections. Accordingly, the compounds or the formulations can be administered, for example, via oral, parenteral, otic, ophthalmic, nasal, or topical routes, to provide an effective amount of the compound to the mammal.
The foregoing and other aspects and embodiments of the invention can be more fully understood by reference to the following detailed description and claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used as anti- proliferative agents and/or anti-infective agents. The compounds can be used without limitation, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, antiparasitic and/or anti-viral agents. Further, the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used without limitation as anti-inflammatory agents, for example, for use in treating chronic inflammatory airway diseases, and/or as prokinetic agents, for example, for use in treating gastrointestinal motility disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease, gastroparesis (diabetic and post surgical), irritable bowel syndrome, and constipation. Further, the compounds can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation. Further, the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used without limitation as anti-diarrheal agents. The compounds described herein can have asymmetric centers. Compounds of the present invention containing an asymmetrically substituted atom can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution of racemic forms or by synthesis from optically active starting materials. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C=N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds of the present invention are described and can be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separate isomeric forms. All chiral, diastereomeric, racemic, and geometric isomeric forms of a structure are intended, unless specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. All processes used to prepare compounds of the present invention and intermediates made therein are considered to be part of the present invention. All tautomers of shown or described compounds are also considered to be part of the present invention. Furthermore, the invention also includes metabolites of the compounds described herein.
1. Definitions
The term "substituted," as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =0), then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. Ring double bonds, as used herein, are double bonds that are formed between two adjacent ring atoms (e.g., C=C, C=N, OrN=N). The present invention is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the present compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium. Isotopes of carbon include C-13 and C-14.
When any variable (e.g., R ) occurs more than one time in any constituent or formula for a compound, its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group is shown to be substituted with one or more R2 moieties, then the group can optionally be substituted with one, two, three, four, five, or more R2 moieties, and R2 at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R2. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
A chemical structure showing a dotted line representation for a chemical bond indicates that the bond is optionally present. For example, a dotted line drawn next to a solid single bond indicates that the bond can be either a single bond or a double bond.
When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent can be bonded to any atom on the ring. When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom via which such substituent is bonded to the rest of the compound of a given formula, then such substituent can be bonded via any atom in such substituent. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds. In cases wherein there are nitrogens atoms in the compounds of the present invention, these can be converted to N-oxides by treatment with an oxidizing agent (e.g., MCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides) to afford other compounds of the present invention. Thus, shown and claimed nitrogens are considered to cover both the shown nitrogen and its N-oxide (N-»O) derivative, as appropriate.
As used herein, the term "anomeric carbon" means the acetal carbon of a glycoside. As used herein, the term "glycoside" is a cyclic acetal. As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. C1-6 alkyl is intended to include Ci, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkyl groups. Examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, s-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl. As used herein, "alkenyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl and propenyl. C2-6 alkenyl is intended to include C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkenyl groups.
As used herein, "alkynyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl and propynyl. C2-6 alkynyl is intended to include C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkynyl groups.
Furthermore, "alkyl", "alkenyl", and "alkynyl" are intended to include moieties which are diradicals, i.e., having two points of attachment, an example of which in the present invention is when D is selected from these chemical groups. A nonlimiting example of such an alkyl moiety that is a diradical is -CH2CH2-, i.e., a C2 alkyl group that is covalently bonded via each terminal carbon atom to the remainder of the molecule.
As used herein, the terms used to describe various carbon-containing moieties, including, for example, "alkyl," "alkenyl," "alkynyl," "phenyl," and any variations thereof, are intended to include univalent, bivalent, or multivalent species. For example, "Ci-6 alkyl- R3" is intended to represent a univalent C1-6 alkyl group substituted with a R3 group, and "O- Cj-6 alkyl-R3" is intended to represent a bivalent Cμ6 alkyl group, i.e., an "alkylene" group, substituted with an oxygen atom and a R3 group.
As used herein, "cycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated ring groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or cyclopentyl. C3.8 cycloalkyl is intended to include C3, C4, Cs, C6, C7, and Cs cycloalkyl groups. As used herein, "unsaturated" refers to compounds having at least one degree of unsaturation (e.g., at least one multiple bond) and includes partially and fully unsaturated compounds.
As used herein, "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo substituents.
"Counterion" is used to mean a positively or negatively charged species present in conjunction with an ion of opposite charge. A nonlimiting example of a counterion is an ion or ions present to counterbalance the charge or charges on an organic compound. Nonlimiting examples of counterions include chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, sulfate, and ammonium.
As used herein, "haloalkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen (for example -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l)). Examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and pentachloroethyl.
As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge. C1-6 alkoxy, is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkoxy groups. Examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, s-pentoxy, n-heptoxy, and n-octoxy.
As used herein, "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an sulfur bridge. Ci-6 alkylthio, is intended to include Ci, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkylthio groups.
As used herein, "carbocycle" or "carbocyclic ring" is intended to mean, unless otherwise specified, any stable 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring, any of which can be saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic. Examples of such carbocycles include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane, [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, fluorenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl. As shown above, bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocycle (e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane). A bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms link two non-adjacent carbon atoms. Preferred bridges are one or two carbon atoms. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Fused (e.g., naphthyl and tetrahydronaphthyl) and spiro rings are also included. As used herein, the term "heterocycle" means, unless otherwise stated, a stable 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring, which is saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic, and consists of carbon atoms and one or more ring heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1-6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and including any bicyclic or tricyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused or attached to a second ring (e.g., a benzene ring). The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized (i.e., N— >O and S(O)P, where p = 1 or 2). When a nitrogen atom is included in the ring it is either N or NH, depending on whether or not it is attached to a double bond in the ring (i.e., a hydrogen is present if needed to maintain the tri-valency of the nitrogen atom). The nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined). The heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. A nitrogen in the heterocycle can optionally be quaternized. Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocycle. A bridged ring occurs when one or more atoms (i.e., C, O, N, or S) link two non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms. Preferred bridges include, but are not limited to, one carbon atom, two carbon atoms, one nitrogen atom, two nitrogen atoms, and a carbon-nitrogen group. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Spiro and fused rings are also included.
As used herein, the term "aromatic heterocycle" or "heteroaryl" is intended to mean a stable 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring, which consists of carbon atoms and one or more heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1- 6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In the case of bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic rings, only one of the two rings needs to be aromatic (e.g., 2,3- dihydroindole), though both can be (e.g., quinoline). The second ring can also be fused or bridged as defined above for heterocycles. The nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined). The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized (i.e., N-→O and S(O)P, where p = 1 or 2). In certain compounds, the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.
Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridmyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztiiazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-£]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, lH-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3Η-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, moφholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4- oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H- 1 ,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1 ,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, and xanthenyl.
As used herein, the phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include, but are not limited to, those derived from inorganic and organic acids selected from 2-acetoxybenzoic, 2-hydroxyethane sulfonic, acetic, ascorbic, benzene sulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, carbonic, citric, edetic, ethane disulfonic, ethane sulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, glycollyarsanilic, hexylresorcinic, hydrabamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydroiodide, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauryl sulfonic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methane sulfonic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric, polygalacturonic, propionic, salicylic, stearic, subacetic, succinic, sulfamic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tannic, tartaric, and toluene sulfonic.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, USA, p. 1445 (1990).
Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds of the present invention can be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention is intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containing the same. "Prodrugs" are intended to include any covalently bonded carriers that release an active parent drug of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein a hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the present invention is administered to a mammalian subject, it cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or free sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention.
"Stable compound" and "stable structure" are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. As used herein, "treating" or "treatment" includes any effect e.g., lessening, reducing, modulating, or eliminating, that results in the improvement of the condition, disease, disorder, etc. "Treating" or "treatment" of a disease state means the treatment of a disease-state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a) inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting its development or its clinical symptoms; and/or (b) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state.
As used herein, "preventing" means causing the clinical symptoms of the disease state not to develop i.e., inhibiting the onset of disease, in a subject that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease state, but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease state.
As used herein, "mammal" refers to human and non-human patients. As used herein, the term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to a compound, or a combination of compounds, of the present invention present in or on a recipient in an amount sufficient to elicit biological activity, for example, anti-microbial activity, anti-fungal activity, anti-viral activity, anti-parasitic activity, anti-diarrheal activity, and/or antiproliferative activity. The combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described, for example, by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. vol. 22, pp. 27-55 (1984), occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is most clearly demonstrated at sub-optimal concentrations of the compounds. Synergy can be in terms of lower cytotoxicity, increased antiproliferative and/or anti-infective effect, or some other beneficial effect of the combination compared with the individual components.
All percentages and ratios used herein, unless otherwise indicated, are by weight. Throughout the description, where compositions are described as having, including, or comprising specific components, or where processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, it is contemplated that compositions of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components, and that the processes of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps. Further, it should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions are immaterial so long as the invention remains operable. Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously. 2. Compounds of the Invention
In one aspect, the invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000013_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein
A and C are independently selected from the group consisting of (a) -Ci_δalkyl-, (b) - C2-6 alkenyl-, and (c) -C2-6 alkynyl-, wherein any of the aliphatic carbons atoms in (a), (b) or (c) are optionally replaced with (d) -(C=O)-, (e) -O-, (f) -S-, or (g) -NR4-, and wherein any of (a), (b), or (c), are optionally further substituted with (h) -OH, (i) -N(R4)2, or (j) halogen; B is selected from (a) -cyclopropyl- and (b) -cyclobutyl-; D is selected from (a) G and (b)
Figure imgf000013_0002
G is selected from: (a) -B' and (b) -B'-Z-B", wherein i) each B' is independently selected from (aa) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and (bb) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein each (aa) or (bb) optionally contains one or more carbonyl groups, and wherein each (aa) or (bb) optionally is substituted with one or more R11 or R1 la; ii) each B" is independently selected from (aa) -H, (bb) -OH, (cc)
-OR9, (dd) -SH, (ee) -S(O)15R9, (ff) halogen, (gg) -CN, (hh)-N3, (ii) -NO2, Oj) -Si(R13)3, (kk) -SO3H, (11) -SO3N(R4)2, (mm) - SO3R9, (nn) -NR6R6, (oo) -C(O)R9, (pp) -C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (qq) -OC(0)(CR6R6)tR9, (IT) -C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (ss) - NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (tt) -NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (uu) -C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (w) -NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9,
(ww) -C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (xx) -C(=NR6)NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (yy) -NR6C(=NR6)NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (zz) -S(CR6R6)tR9, (aaa) -S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (bbb) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings, (ccc) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (ddd) -C us alkyl, (eee) -C2-6 alkenyl, and (fff) a C2-6 alkynyl group; wherein each (bbb) or (ccc) optionally contains one or more carbonyl groups, and wherein each (bbb) or (ccc) optionally is substituted with one or more R1 ' or RUa; wherein each (ddd), (eee), or (fff) is optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups; (iii) Z is selected from (a) a single bond, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl-, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl-, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl-, (e) -O-, (f) -NR4-, (g) -S(O)P-, (h) -
C(O)-, (0 -C(O)O-, O) -OC(O)-, (k) -OC(O)O-, (i) -
C(O)NR4-, (m) -NR4CO-, (n) -NR4C(O)NR4-, (o) -C(=NR4)-, (P) - C(=NR4)O-,
Figure imgf000014_0001
(r) -C(=NR4)NR4-, (s) - NR4C(=NR4H (t) -C(=S)-, (u) -C(=S)NR4-, (v) -NR4C(=SK (w) -C(O)S-, (x) -SC(OK (y) -OC(=S)-, and (z) -C(=S)-O-, wherein any of the aliphatic carbons atoms in (b), (c), or (d) are optionally replaced with -(C=O)-, -0-, -S-, or-NR4-, and wherein any of (b), (c), or (d), are optionally further substituted with -OH, -NR4-, or halogen; T is a 14- or 15-membered macrolide connected via a macrocyclic ring carbon atom;
X is selected from (a) H, (b) halogen, (c) a Ci_δ alkyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (e) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (f) -OH, (g) -OR5, (h) -NR4R4, (i) -C(O)R5, (j) -C(O)OR5, (k) - C(O)-NR4R4, (1) -C(S)R5, (m) -C(S)OR5, (n) -C(O)SR5, (o) -C(S)-NR4R4, (p) -N3, (q) -CN, (r) -CF3, (s) -CF2H, (t) -CFH2, (u) -S(O)pH, (v) -SR5, (w) -S(O)POH, (x) -S(O)POR5, (y) - S(O)pNR4R4, (z) -S(O)pCi-6 alkyl, (aa) -S(O)paτyl, (bb) a C3-7 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (cc) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; Ra and Rb independently are selected from: (a) -H, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d)
-C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -OH, (f) -OR5, (g) -NR4R4, (h) -C(O)R5, (i) -C(O)OR5, (j) -C(O)-NR4R4, (k) -C(S)pR5, (1) -C(S)PORS, (m) -C(O)SR5, (n) -C(S)P-NR4R4, (o) halogen, (p) -SH, and (q) - SR5; or alternatively Ra and Rb are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form (a) -C(O)-, (b) -C(=S)-, (c) -C=NR4-, or (d) -C=NOR5-, wherein (b) -(d) are further optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups;
Rc is selected from: (a) H, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-5 alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -OR5, wherein R5 is not H, (f) -NR4R4, (g) -C(=O)R5, (h) -C(=O)OR5, (i) -C(=O)-NR4R4, (j) - S(O)PNR4 R4, (k) -C(O)SR5, (1) -S(O)pH, and (m) - S(O)PR5, wherein (b) -<d) are further optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups;
Rd and Re independently are selected from: (a) H, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -OH, (f) -OR5, (g) -NR4R4, (h) -C(O)R5, (i) -C(O)OR5, (j) -C(O)-NR4R4, (k) -C(S)R5, (1) -C(S)OR5, (m) -C(O)SR5, (n) -C(S)-NR4R4, and (o) halogen, or alternatively, Rc and R or Rc and Re are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond between the carbon atoms to which they are attached; alternatively Rd and X are taken together to form =CR5R5; or alternatively Rd and Re are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form (a) -C(O)-, (b) -C(S)-, (c) -C=NR4, (d) -C=NOR5, (e) =CH2) or (f) 3-12-membered carbocycle or heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups; R1 and R3 independently are selected from: (a) -H, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d)
-C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -C(O)R5, (f) -C(O)OR5, (g) -C(O)-NR4R4, (h) -C(S)R5, (i) -C(S)OR5, (j) - C(O)SR5, and (k) -C(S)-NR4R4; alternatively R1 and R3 are taken together with the oxygen to which R1 is attached, the nitrogen to which R3 is attached and the two intervening carbons to form a 5 or 6 membered ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups; R2 is hydrogen or -OR12; R4, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2^ alkynyl group,
(e) a C6-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfiir, (g) -C(O)-Ci _6 alkyl, (h) -C(O)-C2-6 alkenyl, (i) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-C6-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (1) -C(O)O-Ci^ alkyl, (m) - C(O)O-C2-*. alkenyl, (n) -C(O)O-C2-O alkynyl, (o) -C(O)O-C6-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (p) -C(O)O-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and (q) -C(O)NR6R6, wherein any of (b)-(p) optionally is substituted with one or more R5 groups, alternatively, NR4R4 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R4 groups are bonded, wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R4 groups are bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(0)p, N, and NR8; R5 is selected from:
(a) R7, (b) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or alternatively two R5 groups, when present on the same carbon atom can be taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a spiro 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; wherein any of (b)-(f) immediately above optionally is substituted with one or more R7 groups; R6, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) -Ci.6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) a C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from: (aa) an acyl group, (bb) a formyl group, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (fit) I, (gg) CN, (gg) NO2, (ii) -OR8,
(hh) -S(O)pR8, (ii) -C(O)R8, (jj) -C(O)OR8, (kk) -OC(O)R8, (11) -C(O)NR8R8, (mm) -OC(O)NR8R8, (nn) -C(=NR8)R8,
(oo) -C(R8)(R8)OR8, (PP) -C(R8)2OC(O)R8, (qq) -C(R8XOR8XCH2)(NR8R8, (rr) -NR8R8, (ss) -NR8OR8, (tt) -NR8C(O)R8, (uu) -NR8C(O)OR8, (w) -NR8C(O)NR8R8, (ww) -NR8S(O)1R8, (xx) -C(OR8)(OR8)R8,
(yy) -C(R8)2NR8R8, (zz) =NR8,
(ab) -C(S)NR8R8, (ac) -NR8C(S)R8, (ad) -OC(S)NR8R8, (ae) -NR8C(S)OR8, (af) -NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ag) -SC(O)R8, (ah) a Ci^ alkyl group, (ai) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (aj) a
C2-O alkynyl group, (ak) a C]-6 alkoxy group, (al) a C 1-5 alkylthio group, (am) a Ci-6 acyl group, (an) -CF3, (ao) -SCF3 , (ap) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aq) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, alternatively, NR6R6 forms a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R groups are attached wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(0)p, N, and NR8; alternatively, CR6R6 forms a carbonyl group; R7, at each occurrence, is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) -CF3, (h) -CN, (i) -N3 (j) -NO2, (k) -NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (1) -OR9, (m) - S(O)pC(R6R6)tR9, (n) -C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (o) -OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (p) -
SQOXCR^tR9, (q) -C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (r) -NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (s) - C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (t) -C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (u) -C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (v) -C(=NNR6C(O)R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (w) -C(=NOR9)(CR6R6)tR9, (x) - NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (y) -OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (z) -
NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (aa) -NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (bb) - S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (cc) -NR6S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (dd) -NR6R6, (ee) - NR6(CR6R6), (ff) -OH, (gg) -NR6R6, (Wi)-OCH3, (ii) -S(O)pR6, (jj) - NC(O)R6, (kk) -Si(Rl3)3, (11) a C1-6 alkyl group, (mm) a C2-6 alkenyl group,
(nn) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (oo) -C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (pp) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (kk)-{oo) optionally is substituted with one or more R9 groups; alternatively, two R7 groups can form -O(CH2)UO-; R8 is selected from:
(a) R5, (b) H, (be) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (cd) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (de) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (ef) a C3_i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle,
(fg) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (gh) -C(OKK alkyl, (hi) -C(O)-C2-6 alkenyl, (ij) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl, (jk) -C(O)-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (kl) -C(O)-3- 12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (bc)-(k) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from: (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(Ci-6 alkyl), (kk) N(C1^ alkyl)2>
(11) a Ci-6 alkoxy group, (mm) an aryl group, (nn) a substituted aryl group, (00) a heteroaryl group, (pp) a substituted heteroaryl group, and (qq) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2,
CF3, SCF3, and OH; R9, at each occurrence, independently is selected from: (a) R10, (b) a -C1^ alkyl, (c) a -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2^ alkynyl, (e) a C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R10 groups; R10, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =0, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) -CF3, (h) ^CN, (i) -NO2, (j) - NR6R6, (k) -OR6, (1) -S(O)pR6, (m) -C(O)R6, (n) -C(O)OR6, (o) -OC(O)R6, (p) NR6C(O)R6, (q) -C(O)NR6R6, (r) -C(=NR6)R6, (s) -NR6C(O)NR6R6, (t) -
NR6S(O)pR6, (u) -S(O)pNR6R6, (v) -NR6S(O)pNR6R6, (w) a C1-6 alkyl group, (x) -C2-6 alkenyl, (y) -C2-6 alkynyl, (z) C3.12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (w)-(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R6, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, -OR6, -NH2, - NH(Ci_6 alkyl), -N(Ci_6 alkyl)2, a Ci-β alkoxy group, a Q-6 alkylthio group, and a C^ acyl group; R1 ' and R1 la at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) -0(O)CH3, (b) -C(O)H, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) CN, (h) NO2, (i) OR8, (j) -S(O)PR8, (k) -C(O)R8, (1) -C(O)OR8, (m) -OC(O)R8, (n) - C(O)NR8R8, (o) -OC(O)NR8R8, (p) -C(=NR8)R8, (q) -C(R8)(R8)OR8, (r) - C(R8)2OC(O)R8, (s) -C(R8)(OR8)(CH2),NR8R8, (t) -NR8R8, (u) -NR8OR8, (v) -NR8C(O)R8, (w) -NR8C(O)OR8, (x) -NR8C(O)NR8R8, (y) -NR8S(O)pR8, (z)
-C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (aa) -C(R8J2NR8R8, (bb) =NR8, (cc) -C(S)NR8R8, (dd) - NR8C(S)R8, (ee) -OC(S)NR8R8, (ff) -NR8C(S)OR8, (gg) -NR8C(S)NR8R8, (hh) -SC(O)R8, (ii) -N3, (jj) -Si(R13)3, (kk) NR8(C=NR8)R8, (U) NH(C=NH)NH2, (kkii) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (lljj) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (mmkk) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (nnll) a Ci-6 alkoxy group, (oomm) a Ci-6 alkylthio group, (ppnn) a Ci-6 acyl group, (qqoo) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (rrpp) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (kkii)-(mmkk) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups; R12 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C i-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) -C(O)R5, (f) -C(O)OR5, (g) -C(O)-NR4R4, (h) -C(S)R5, (i) -C(S)OR5, (j)
-C(O)SR5, (k) -C(S)-NR4R4, (1) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (m) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (n) a -(Ci-6 alkyl) -C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (o) a -(C 1-5 alkyl)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (a)-(d) and (l)-(o) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups; each R13 is independently selected from (a) -Ci^ alkyl and (b) -O-(Ci_6 alkyl):
R14 at each occurrence is independently selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, (h) OR8, (i) -S(O)PR8, (j) - C(O)R8, (k) -C(O)OR8, (1) -OC(O)R8, (m) -C(O)NR8R8, (n) -OC(O)NR8R8, (o) -C(=NR8)R8, (P) -C(R8)(R8)OR8, (q) -C(R8)2OC(O)R8, (r) -C(R8)(OR8)(CH2),NR8R8, (s) -NR8R8, (t) -NR8OR8,
(u) -NR8C(O)R8, (v) -NR8C(O)OR8, (w) -NR8C(O)NR8R8, (x) -NR8S(O)pR8, (y) -C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (z) -C(R8)2NR8R8, (aa) -C(S)NR8R8, (bb) -NR8C(S)R8, (cc) -OC(S)NR8R8, (dd) -NR8C(S)OR8, (ee) -NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ff) -SC(O)R8, (gg) -N3, (hh) -Si(R13)3, (ii) a Q-6 alkyl group, (jj) a C2^ alkenyl group, (kk) a C2-5 alkynyl group, (11) a C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (mm) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups; alternatively two R14 groups are taken together to form (a) =O, (b) =S, (c)
=NR8, or (d) =N0R8; p at each occurrence is O, 1, or 2; t at each occurrence is O, 1, or 2; and u at each occurrence is 1, 2, 3, or 4. Wherein the cycloalkyl containing macrolide compound does not include the following compound:
Figure imgf000021_0001
In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or pro-drug thereof, wherein G is selected from G1-G50:
Figure imgf000021_0002
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
G43 G 44
Figure imgf000023_0002
G47 G 48
Figure imgf000023_0003
G49 GSO In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000024_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A, B, C, D, T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described herein.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A and C are independently -Ci .6 alkyl-, wherein any of the aliphatic carbons atoms is optionally replaced with -(C=O)-, -O-, -S-, or -NR4-, and wherein the Ci-6 alkyl group is optionally further substituted with -OH, -N(R4)2, or halogen.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A is -Ci .6 alkyl- and C is selected from (a) -Ci -β alkyl-, wherein any of the aliphatic carbons atoms is optionally replaced with -(C=O)-,-O-,-S-, or-ΝR4-, and wherein the Ci-« alkyl group is optionally further substituted with -OH, - Ν(R4)2, or halogen.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000024_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein A, D, T, R1,
R2, and R3 are as described herein. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000025_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein D, T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described herein.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000025_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein D, T, R , R , and R are as described herein.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000025_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein G, T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described herein.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000026_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein G, T, R1, R2, R3 , R\ Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, and X are as described herein.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000026_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein G, T, R1, R2, R3 , Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, and X are as described herein.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of (a) H, (b) F, (c) -OH, (d) -O(C i -6 alkyl), (e) -S(C I-6 alkyl), and (f) -SH.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is selected from F, OH, and
Figure imgf000026_0003
alkyl). In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is F.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is OH. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is -0(Ci-^ alkyl).
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is -OCH3. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rd and Re are independently selected from (a) Cl, (b) Br, (c) F, (d) H and (e) Ci-6 alkyl.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rd and Re are H. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rc is selected from (a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -CF3, (d) -CF2H, and (e) -CFH2.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rc is H. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra and Rb are selected from H, F, OH, and -0(Ci-6 alkyl).
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is F.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is -OH.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is -0(C1^ alkyl).
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb
Js -OCH3. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- •oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is H.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- ■oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein G is B'.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein G is -B'-Z-B".
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, Ν- ■oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is:
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein:
M is selected from:
(a) -C(O)-, (b) -CH(-ORU4)-. Cc) -NR114-CH2- (d) -CH2-NR114-, (e) - CH(NR114R11V. (f) -CC=NNR114R11V Cg) -NR1 '"-C(O)-, Ch) -CCO)NR114-, (i) -CC=NR11V 0) -CR115R115-, and (k) -C(=NOR12V
R100 is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) -SR114, and (f) Ci-6 alkyl, wherein
(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R101 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Cl, (c) F, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) -NR114R114, (g) -NR114C(O)R114, (h) - OR114, CO -OC(O)R114, O) -OC(O)OR114, (k) -OC(O)NR114R114, (1) -O-C,- C6 alkyl, (m) -OC(O)-Ci-6 alkyl, (n) -OC(O)O-C1-6 alkyl, (o) -OC(O)NR114- C|-6 alkyl, (p) Cw alkyl, (q) C2^ alkenyl, and (r) C2-6 alkynyl, wherein any of (1) - (r) optionally is substituted with one or more
R115 groups;
R , 110U2Z i •s selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) -SR114, and (f) Ci-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups; R103 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) -OR114, (c) -O-Ci-6 alkyl-R115, (d) -OC(O)R114,
(e) -OC(O)-Ci-6 alkyl-R115, (f) -OC(O)OR114, (g) -OC(O)O-C6 alkyl-R115,
(h) -OC(O)NR114R114, (i) -OC(O)NR1 !4-Ci-6 alkyl-R11S, and
Figure imgf000029_0001
alternatively, R102 and R103 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form (a) a carbonyl group or (b) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups; alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together are a single bond between the respective carbons to which these two groups are attached thereby creating a double bond between the carbons to which R100 and R102 are attached; alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, wherein said 3-7 membered ring can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups; alternatively, R100, R101, R102, and R103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered fused carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, wherein said fused ring can be optionally substituted with one or more R114 groups; R104 is selected from: (a) H, (b) R114, (c) -C(O)R114(d) -C(O)OR114 (e) -C(O)NR114R114, (f) -Ci-6 alkyl-K-R114, (g) -C2-6 alkenyl-K-R1 M, and (h) -C2-6 alkynyl-K-R114; K is selected from:
(a) -C(O)-, (b) -C(O)O-, (C) -C(O)NR114-, (d) -C(^NR114)-, (e) - Cf=NR114)O-, (f) -C(=NRU4)NR114-, (g) -OC(O)-, (h) -OC(O)O-, (i) - OC(O)NR114- O) -NR114C(O)-, (k) -NR114C(O)O-, (1) -NR114C(O)NR114-,
(m) -NR114C(=NRI14)NR' l4-, and (n) -S(O)p-; alternatively R103 and R104, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R135 and R136 are selected from (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) €3.12 saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocycle, (e) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atoms, (f) F, (g) Br, (h) I, (i) OH, and (j) -N3, wherein (b) through (e) are optionally substituted with one or more R117; or alternatively, R13S and R136 are taken together to form =O, =S, =NR114, =N0R114, =NR114, or =N-NR114, R114, wherein V is selected from (a) -(Ci-4-alkyl)-, (b)-(C2-4-alkenyl)-, (c) O, (d) S, and (e) NR114, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R117; R105 is selected from:
(a) R114, (b) -OR114, (c) -NR114R114, (d) -O-Ci-6 alkyl-R115, (e) -C(O)-R114,
(f) -C(O)-^1-6 alkyl-R , 1"153, (g) -OC(O)-R 111144, (h) -OC(O)-C1-6 alkyl-R , 1 15
(i) -OC(O)O-R . 1"144, (j) -OC(O)CM:^ alkyl-Rus, (k) -OC(O)NR , 111144rR, 1 14
Figure imgf000030_0002
alkenyl-R1 [\ and (n) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl-R 115. alternatively, R , 104 a. nd R , 105 , taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form
Figure imgf000030_0003
wherein
Q is CH or N, and RR112266 iiss - -OORR111144,, --NNlR114 or R114; alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein i) R , 149 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Cl, (C) F, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) -NR114R114, (g) -NR114C(O)R114, (h) -OR114, (i) - OC(O)R114, (j) -OC(O)OR114, (k) -OC(O)NR114R114, (1) -0-C1^ alkyl, (m) -OC(O)-Ci-6 alkyl, (n) -OC(O)O-Ci-6 alkyl, (o) -OC(O)NR11^C1-6 alkyl, (p) C-6 alkyl, (q) C2-6 alkenyl, and (r) C∑-β alkynyl, wherein any of (1) - (r) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups; ii) R150 is H, Ci-6 alkyl, or F; ii) alternately, R149 and R150 can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group; iii) alternately, R149 and R150 can be taken together to form the group -O(CR116R116)UO-; alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein in the preceding structure the dotted line indicates an optional double bond i) R130 is -OH, or R114,
R , 1'3J1 ϋ) 1 is -OH, or R 114 iii) alternately, R130 and R131 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R1 M groups; iv) alternatively, R130 and the carbon to which it is attached or R131 and the carbon to which it is attached are each independently -C(=0)-; alternatively, R105, R132 and M, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form:
Figure imgf000032_0001
R106 is selected from:
(a) -OR . 111 "4*, (b) -Ci-6 alkoxy-R » 111 °5, (c) -C(O)R . 1'
Figure imgf000032_0002
(d) -OC(O)R114, (e) - OC(O)OR114, (f) -OC(O)NR114R114, and (g) -NR114R114, alternatively, R105 and R106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from:
(a) -OC(R115)2O-, (b) -OC(O)O-, (c) -OC(O)NR114-, (d) -NR114C(O)O-,
, 114 , 114
(e) -OC(O)NOR1 ' -, (f) -NOR' "-C(O)O-, (g) -OC(O)N[NR1 14R1 14] -, (h) - N[NR114R114J-C(O)O-, (i) -OC(O)C(R115)2- G) -C(RU5)2C(O)O-, (k) -
OC(S)O-, (1) -OC(S)NR , 111144-, (m) -NR 11114X, (S)O-, (n) -OC(S)NOR114-, (o) -
, 114 , 114,5114
NOR"4-C(S)O-, (p) -OC(S)N[NR1 14R1 14]- (q) -N[NR114R1 14J-C(S)O-, (r) -
OC(S)C(R1 1V. (s) -C(R11O2C(S)O-, (t) -OC(O)CR115[S(O)pR114] - (u) - 1 Hn I M
OC(O)CR , 111^5r , [NR114R1 14] - (v) -CR 111153[rNR114R114]C(O)O-, and (w) - CR1 15IS(O)PR1 14]C(0)0-;
alternatively, R , 1OS , r R> 106 , and R .133 . taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
Figure imgf000032_0003
alternatively, M, R105, and R105 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein J1 and J2 are selected from hydrogen, Cl, F, Br, I, OH, -Ci-6 alkyl, and -0(Ci-6 alkyl) or are taken together to form =O, =S, =NR 1'14 , =N0R v 1' 14 , =NR , 1'1144, or =N-NR' 14R' alternatively, M and R , 104 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein U is selected from (a) -(Ci-4-alkyl)- and (b)-(C2-4-alkenyl)-, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R117;
. 105 alternatively, M and R are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form:
Figure imgf000035_0002
Figure imgf000036_0001
R107 is selected from
(a) H, (b) -C 1.6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, which can be further substituted with Ci-6 alkyl or one or more halogens, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, which can be further substituted with Ci-^ alkyl or one or more halogens, (e) aryl or heteroaryl, which can be further substituted with C\^ alkyl or one or more halogens, (f) — C(O)H, (g) -COOH, (h) -CN, (i) -COOR114, 0) -C(O)NR114R114, (k) - C(O)R114, and (1) -C(O)SR114, wherein (b) is further substituted with one or more substituents selected from (aa) -OR114, (bb) halogen, (cc) -SR114, (dd) Ci-6 alkyl, which can be further substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, Ci-ealkoxy, or amino, (ee) -OR114, (ff) -SR114, (gg) -NR114R114, (hh) -CN,
, 114
(ii) -NO2, (ij) -NC(O)R114, (kk) -COOR"4, (11) -N3, (mm) =N-O-R1 14, (nn)
=NR , 1'
Figure imgf000036_0002
(00) =N-NR( 14R114, (pp) =N-NH-C(O)R' 14, and (qq) =N-NH-
C(O)NR114R1 14; alternatively R1 and R107 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an epoxide, a carbonyl, an exocyclic olefin, or a substituted exocyclic olefin, or a C3- C7 carbocyclic, carbonate, or carbamate, wherein the nitrogen of said carbamate can be further substituted with a Ci-6 alkyl;
R108 is selected from:
(a) Ci-6 alkyl, (b) C2-6 alkenyl, and (c) C2-5 alkynyl, wherein any of (a)-(c) optionally is substituted with one or more R114 groups;
R109 is H, C w alkyl, or F; R114, at each occurrence, independently is selected from: (a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3.12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -C(O)-C1-6 alkyl, (h) -C(O)-C2-O alkenyl, (i) -C(O)-C2-5 alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-Cs-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (1) -C(O)O-Ci-6 alkyl, (m) -C(O)O-C2-6 alkenyl, (n) - C(O)O-C2-6 alkynyl, (o) -C(O)O-C3_i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (p) -C(O)O-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (q) -C(O)NR116R116, (r) -NR116CO-Ci-6 alkyl, (s) - NR116CO-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (t) -NR116C(O)- 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (u) -(Cj-6 alkyl)-O-(C1-6 alkyl), (v) -(C1-6 alkyl)-O-(C1-6 alkyl)-O-(Ci-6 alkyl), (w) -OH, (x) -OR115, (y) -NH(C1-6 alkyl), (z) -N(C6 alkyl)2, (aa) -(C1-6 alkyl)-S(O)p- (C1-6 alkyl), (bb) -(C-6 alkyl)- S(O)P-(C^ alkyl)-S(O)p-(C1-6 alkyl), (cc) -(CN; alkyl)-O-(C1-6 311CyI)-S(O)P-(C1 * alkyl), (dd) -(C1-6 alkyl)- S(O)p-(C1-6 alkyl)-O-(C 1 * alkyl), and (ee) -NH2; wherein the terminal alkyl group in any of (u)-(v) or (aa)-(dd) includes cycloalkyl, wherein any of (b)-(v) or (aa)-(dd) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)-(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(0)p, or -NR116 alternatively, NR114R114 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R114 groups are bonded and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)P, N, and NR118;
R115 is selected from: (a) R117, Qa) Cι-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2* alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -OCi-6 alkyl, (h) -OC2-6 alkenyl, and (i) -
OC2-6 alkynyl, wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R117 groups; R116, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)-(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O)P, or -NR118, wherein any of (b)- (f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from:
(aa) carbonyl, (bb) formyl, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (ff) I, (gg) CN, (hh) N3, (ii) NO2, Gj) OR118, (kk) -S(O)PR118, (11) - C(O)R118, (mm) -C(O)OR118, (nn) -OC(O)R118, (oo) - C(O)NR118R118, (pp) -OC(O)NR118R118, (qq) -C(=NR118)R118,
(rr) -C(RI18)(Rll8)OR118, (SS) -C(R118)2OC(O)R118, (tt) - C(R118XOR118XCH2XNR118R118, (uu) -NR118R118; (w) - NR118OR118, (ww) -NR118C(O)R118, (xx) -NR118C(O)OR118, (yy) -NR118C(O)NR118R118, (zz) -NR118S(O)1R118, (ab) - C(OR118XOR118)R118, (ac) -C(R118)2NR118R118, (ad) =NR118,
(ae) -C(S)NR118R118, (af) -NR118C(S)R118, (ag) - OC(S)NR118R118, (ah) -NR118C(S)OR118, (ai) - NR118C(S)NR118R118, (aj) -SC(O)R118, (ak) C1-6 alkyl, (al) C2-6 alkenyl, (am) C2-6 alkynyl, (an) Ci-6 alkoxy, (ao) Ci^ alkylthio, (ap) Ci-6 acyl, (aq) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
C3-12 carbocycle, and (ar) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 3-12 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, alternatively, NR116R1 ' forms a 3- 12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R116 groups are attached and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(0)p, N, and NR118; alternatively, CR116R116 forms a carbonyl group; R117, at each occurrence, is selected from: (a) H, (b) =0, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R1 16)rCF3, (h)
(CR116R116)rCN, (i) (CR116R1 16XNO2, (j) (CR1 16R1 16)rNR1 16(CR116R116),Rn9,
(k) (CR1 16R1 16XOR119, (1) (CR116R116)rS(O)p(CR' 16R116),R119,
(m) (CRI 16R1 16)rC(O)(CR116R116),R1 19, (n) (CR116R116XOC(O)(CR116R116^R119, (o) (CR116R1 16)rSC(O)(CR1 16R1 16),R119,
(p) (CR116R1 16) AO)O(CR116R116XR119,
(q) (CR116R1 16XNR1 16C(O)(CR116R116XR119,
(Γ) (CR116R116XC(O)NR1 16(CR' 16R1 16XR119, (S)
(CR116R116XQ=NR116XCR116R116),R' 19, (t) (CR116R116XC(=NNRI 16R116XCR116R116),R119,
(u) (CR1 16R1 16XC(=NNR' 16C(O)R116XCR116R1 16XR1 19,
(v) (CR1 16R1 16)rC(=NOR119)(CR' 16R116)tR] 19,
(w) (CR116R116XNR116C(O)O(CR116R116XR119,
(x) (CR116R116XOC(O)NR116(CR] 16R116XR119, (y) (CR116R1 16XNR116C(O)NR1 1^CR116R116XR119,
(z) (CR1 16R1 16XNR1 16S(O)p(CR' 16R116),R119,
(aa) (CR116R1 16XS(O)PNR116(CR' 16R116XR119,
(bb) (CR116R116XNR116S(O)PNR' 16(CR' 16R116XR119,
(cc) (CR1 16R116XNR116R116, (dd) C1-6 alkyl, (ee) C2-6 alkenyl, (ff) C2-6 alkynyl, (gg) (CR116R116)r-C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (hh)
(CR116R116)r-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and (ii) -P(O)(O(C1-6 alkyl))2, wherein any of (dd)-(hh) optionally is substituted with one or more R119 groups; alternatively, two R117 groups can form -0(CH2)u0-;
11 Jt
R is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -C(O)-Ci-O alkyl, (h) -C(O)-C2-6 alkenyl, (i) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-Ca-U saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (k) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)-(k) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from: (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alkyl), (kk) N(C1* alkyl)2,
(U) Ci* alkoxy, (mm) aryl, (nn) substituted aryl, (oo) heteroaryl, (pp) substituted heteroaryl, and (qq) C1* alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, and OH; R119, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) R120, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2^ alkenyl, (d) C2-5 alkynyl, (e) C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R114 groups; R120, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (C) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h) (CR116R116XCN, (i) (CR116R116XNO2, (j) (CR116R116XNR116R116, (k) (CR116R116)rOR114, (1) (CR116R116)rS(O)pR116, (m) (CR116R116XC(O)R116,
(n) (CR116R116XC(O)OR116, (o) (CR116RU6)rOC(O)R116, (p) (CR116R116XNR116C(O)R116, (q) (CR116R116XC(O)NR116R116, (r) (CR116R116XC(=NR116)R116, (s) (CR116R1^)1NR1 16C(O)NR116R116, (t) (CR116R116XNR116S(O)nR116, (u) (CR116R116)rS(O)pNRI 16R116, (v) (CR116R116XNR116S(O)pNR116R116, (w) C1-6 alkyl, (x) C2-6 alkenyl, (y)
C2-6 alkynyl, (z) (CR116R116)r-C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) (CR116R116)r-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (w)-(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R116, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, -OR116, -NH2, - NH(Ci* alkyl), -N(Ci* alkyl)2, Ci* alkoxy, Ci* alkylthio, and
Ci* acyl; R121, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) -OR118, (c) -O-Ci^ alkyl-OC(O)R118, (d) -O-d-e alkyl- OC(O)OR118, (e) -O-Ci^ alkyl-OC(O)NR118R118, (f) -Ch-C1* alkyl- C(O)NR118R118, (g) -0-C1-6 alkyl-NR118C(O)R118, (h) -O-Ci^ alkyl- NR118C(O)OR118, (i) -O-C,^ alkyl-NR118C(O)NR118R118, (j) -OCi-6 alkyl-
NR118C(=N(H)NR' 18R118), (IC) -O-C,^ alkyl-S(O)pR118, (1) -C-C2* alkenyl- OC(O)R118, (m) -O-Cz-6 alkenyl-OC(0)0R118, (n) -0-C2^ alkenyl- OC(O)NR118R118, (o) -0-C2-6 alkenyl-C(O)NR118R118, (p) -0-C2-6 alkenyl- NR118C(O)R118, (q) -0-C2^ alkenyl-NR118C(O)OR118, (r) -0-C2^ alkenyl- NR118C(O)NR118R118, (s) -0-C2-6 alkenyl-NRU8C(=N(H)NR118R118), (t) -O-
C2^ alkenyl-S(O)pR118, (u) -0-C2^ alkynyl-OC^R118, (v) -0-C2^ alkynyl- OC(O)OR118, (w) -0-C2^ alkynyl-OC(O)NR118R118, (x) -0-C2^ alkynyl- C(O)NR118R118, (Y) -O-C2^, alkynyl-NR118C(O)R118, (z) -O-C2-6 alkynyl- NR118C(O)OR118, (aa) -O-C2^ alkynyl-NR118C(O)NR118R118, (bb) -O-C2-6 alkynyl-NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118), (cc) -Ch-C2* alkynyl-
S(O)pR118, (dd) -NR118R118, (ee) -C^ alkyl-O-C^ alkyl, (ff) -C1-6alkyl- NR1^-C1-6 alkyl, (gg) -C1^ alkyl-S(O)p-C,^ alkyl, (hh) -OC(O)NR114(C^ alkyl)-NR114-(Ci^ alkyl) -R114, (ii) -OH, (Jj) -Ci-6 alkyl, (kk) C2-6 alkenyl, (11) C2-6 alkynyl, (mm) -CN, (nn) -CH2S(O)pR137, (00) -CH2OR137, (pp) - CH2N(OR138)R137, (qq) -CH2NR137R139, (rr) -(CH2)v(C6-io aiyl), and (ss)-
(CH2)v(5-10 membered heteroaryl), wherein (jj)-(ss) are optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 R140 groups; alternatively, two R121 groups taken together form =O, =NOR118, or =NNR118R118;
R127 is R114, a monosaccharide or a disaccharide (including amino sugars and halogenated sugar(s)), -S(O)PR148,
-(CH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-O(CH2)nCH3,
Figure imgf000041_0001
-(CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-S(O)p(CH2)nCH3 ,
-<CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-OR148, -OCH2-O-(CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-S(O)p(CH2)nCH3,
-OCH2-O-(CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-ORM8,
-0-[C3-I2 sanirated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle] wherein said carbocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114, -O-[3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur], wherein said heterocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114, -S(O)p-[C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle] wherein said carbocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114, or -S(O)p-[3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur], wherein said heterocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114; R128 is R114; R129 is R114; alternatively both R128 substituents can be taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form carbonyl or =NR114, or a saturated or unsaturated C3-6 spiro ring or a 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated heterospiro ring containing one or more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by one or more R117 groups, alternatively both R129 substituents can be taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form carbonyl or =NR114, or a saturated or unsaturated C34 spiro ring or a 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated heterospiro ring containing one or more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by one or more R117 groups, alternatively an R128 and an R129 substituent can be taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a C3_i2 saturated or unsaturated ring or saturated or unsaturated bicyclic ring, or a 3-12 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring or saturated or unsaturated heterobicyclic ring containing one or more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by one or more R174 groups, alternatively both R128 groups and both R129 groups can be taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form an unsaturated bond between the carbon atoms to which R1 and R are attached and a C3-12 unsaturated or aromatic ring or unsaturated or aromatic bicyclic ring, or a 3-12 membered unsaturated or aromatic heterocyclic ring or unsaturated or aromatic heterobicyclic ring containing one or more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by one or more R117 groups,
R110 is R"4; alternatively, R109 and R110 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form:
Figure imgf000043_0001
R132 , R133, and R134 are each independently selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) -OR114, (f) -SR114, (g) -NR114R114, and (h) C w alkyl, wherein (h) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups; alternatively, R132 and R133 are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond; alternatively, R133 and R134 are taken together to form =O, =S, =N0R114, =NR114, or =N-NR114R114; alternatively, R105 and R134 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a 3-membered ring, said ring optionally containing an oxygen or nitrogen atom, and said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R114 groups; alternatively when M is a carbon moiety, R134 and M are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
R137 is independently (a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) - (CH2)qCR141R142(CH2)nNR143R144, -CCH2)V(C6-Cio aryl), or -(CH2)v(5-10 membered heteroaryl); or where R137 Js-CH2NR137R139, R139 and R137 may be taken together to form a 4-10 membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated ring or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein said saturated and heteroaryl rings optionally include 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and -N(R137)-, in addition to the nitrogen to which R139 and R137 are attached, said saturated ring optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and said saturated and heteroaryl rings are optionally substituted by 1 , 2, or 3 R140 groups; each R138 is independently H or Ci -6 alkyl; each R141, R142, R143, and R144 is independently selected from H, Cr6 alkyl, - (CH2)m(C6-Cio aryl), and -(CH2)m(5-10 membered heteroaryl), wherein the foregoing R141, R142, R143, and R144 groups, except H, are optionally substituted by 1 , 2, or 3 R140 groups; or R141 and R143 are taken together to form -(CHi)0- wherein o, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, or 3 such that a 4-7 membered saturated ring is formed that optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or triple bonds; or R143 and R144 are taken together to form a 4-10 membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated ring or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein said saturated and heteroaryl rings optionally include 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S and - N(R137)-, in addition to the nitrogen to which R143 and R144 are attached, said saturated ring optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and said saturated and heteroaryl rings are optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 R140 groups; R139 is H, C i-6 alkyl, C2-CO alkenyl, or C2-Ce alkynyl, wherein the foregoing
R139 groups, except H, are optionally substituted by 1 , 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo and -OR138; each R140 is independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, -C(O)R145, -C(O)OR145, -OC(O)OR145, -NR146C(O)R147, -NR146R147, OH, C,-6 alkyl, Cr6 alkoxy, -(CH2)v(C6-Ci0 aryl), and -(CH2)v(5-10 membered heteroaryl), wherein said aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, - C(O)R145,-C(O)OR145, -OC(O)OR145, -NR146C(O)R147, -C(O)NR146R147, -NR146R147, OH, C i-6 alkyl, and Ci -6 alkoxy; each R145 is independently selected from H, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Ce alkynyl, -(CH2)v(C6-Cio aryl), and -(CH2)v(5-10 membered heteroaryl); each R146 and R147 is independently H, hydroxyl, d-β alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -(CH2)v(C6-io aryl), or -(CH2)V(5- 10 membered heteroaryl); R148 is Ci-6 alkyl, C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, wherein said carbocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114, or 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein said heterocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114; p, at each occurrence is O, 1 , or 2; k, at each occurrence is 0, 1 , or 2; m, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n, at each occurrence is 1, 2, or 3; r, at each occurrence is 0, 1 , or 2; t, at each occurrence is 0, 1 , or 2; v, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; q, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and u at each occurrence is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is a macrolide selected from:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein M, Q, R104, R114, R126, R127, R128, R129, R149, and R150 are as described herein. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is a macrolide selected from Tl through T93:
Figure imgf000049_0002
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000051_0001
T16 T17 T18
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000051_0003
T21 T22
Figure imgf000052_0001
T29
T30
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000053_0002
Figure imgf000053_0003
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0002
Figure imgf000056_0001
T57
T58
Figure imgf000056_0002
T59
T60
Figure imgf000056_0003
T61
T62
Figure imgf000057_0001
T63
T64
Figure imgf000057_0002
T65
T66
Figure imgf000058_0001
T67
T68
Figure imgf000058_0002
T69
T70
Figure imgf000059_0001
T71
T72
Figure imgf000059_0002
T73
T74
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000060_0001
T83 T84
Figure imgf000061_0001
T92 and T93 In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound having the structure corresponding to any one of the structures listed in Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to an intermediate used in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method for treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a microbial infection in a mammal.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, wherein the microbial infection is selected from the group consisting of: a skin infection, nosocomial pneumonia, community acquired pneumonia, post- viral pneumonia, a respiratory tract infection such as CRTI, a skin and soft tissue infection (SSTI) including uncomplicated skin and soft tissue infections (uSSTIs) and complicated skin and soft tissue infections, as an abdominal infection, a urinary tract infection, bacteremia, septicemia, endocarditis, an atrio-ventricular shunt infection, a vascular access infection, meningitis, surgical prophylaxis, a peritoneal infection, a bone infection, a joint infection, a methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infection, a vancomycin-resistant Enterococci infection, a linezolid-resistant organism infection, and tuberculosis.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a fungal infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a parasitic disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a viral infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating an inflammatory disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating a gastrointestinal motility disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating diarrhea in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention to suppress expression of the nonsense or missense mutation. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method or use wherein the compound of the invention is administered otically, opthalmically, nasally, orally, parentally, or topically.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method of synthesizing a compound of the invention. In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a medical device containing a compound of the invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a medical device containing a compound of the invention, wherein the device is a stent.
As is seen from the foregoing, the compounds of the present invention can include a wide range of structures. Examples of such macrolide components and their syntheses are provided in the following documents, all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety: PCT Application No. WO 2007/025284, published March 1, 2007, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT Application No. WO 2007/025098, published March 1, 2007, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT Application No. WO 2007/ 025089, published March 1, 2007, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/118610, published December 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/085266, published September 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/049632, published June 2, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/042554, published May 12, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2004/078770, published September 16, 2004, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2004/029066, published April 8, 2004, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; U.S. Patent No.; U.S. Patent No. 6,992,069, to Gu et al., issued January 31 , 2006; U.S. Patent No. 6,953,782, to Phan et al., issued October 11, 2005; U.S. Patent No. 6,939,861, to Ashley et al., issued September 6, 2005; U.S. Patent No., 6,927,057, to Khosla et al., issued August 9, 2005; U.S. Patent No. 6,794,366, to Chu et al., issued September 21, 2004; U.S. Patent No. 6,762,168, to Chu, issued July 13, 2004; U.S. Patent No. 6,756,359, to Chu et al, issued June 29, 2994; U.S. Patent No. 6,750,205, to Ashley et al, issued June 15, 2004; U.S. Patent No. 6,740,642, to Angehrn et al., issued May 25, 2004; U.S. Patent No. 6,727,352, to Cheng et al., issued April 27, 2004; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0154881, to Or et al., published July 13, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0142215, to Tang et al., published June 29, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0142214, to Or et al, published June 29, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0122128, to Or et al., published June 8, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0069048, to Or et al. published March 30, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2005/0272672, to Li et al., published December 8, 2005; U.S. Patent Application Publication No US 2005/0009764, to Burger et al, published January 13, 2005; PCT application No. WO 2006/067589, to Pfizer Products Inc., published June 29, 2006; PCT application No. WO 2004/096823, to Chiron Corporation, published November 11 , 2004; PCT application No. WO 2004/096822, to Chiron Corporation, published November 11, 2004; PCT application No. WO 2004/080391, to Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., published September 23, 2004; PCT application No. WO 2004/078771, to Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., published September 16, 2004; PCT application no. WO 03/061671, to Kosan Biosciences, Inc. published July 31, 2003; European Patent Document EP 1 256 587 Bl, to the Kitasato Institute, granted March 29, 2006; WO 98/54197, published December 3, 1998, to Abbott Laboratories; and WO 97/17356, published May 15, 1997, to Abbott Laboratories. 3. Synthesis of the Compounds of the Invention
The invention provides methods for making the compounds of the invention. The following schemes depict exemplary chemistries available for synthesizing the compounds of the invention. Scheme 1 illustrates the typical general synthesis of the macrolide compounds of the present invention.
The synthesis starts with a known macrolide core component such as, for example, erythromycin, azithromycin, clarithromycin, roxithromycin, telithromycin, etc. The macrolide core component is then converted to the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound. For example, erythromycin can be converted to the 3'-N-desmethyl compound as described in the scientific and patent literature. See U.S. Patent No. 3,725,385; Flynn et al. (1954) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76: 3121; Ku et al. (1997) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7: 1203; Stenmark et al. (2000) J. Org. Chem. 65: 3875). Analogous chemical procedures can be used to convert azithromycin, clarithromycin, roxithromycin, telithromycin, and other macrolide core components to their corresponding 3'-N-desmethyl forms. The 3'-N-desmethyl compounds can be further modified to provide yet further 3'-N-desmethyl compounds for use herein.
In one embodiment, the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound is N-alkylated with an ester such as a terminally substituted ester having a suitable leaving group (e.g. halogen, tosylate, mesylate, bromide, etc.) to yield a 3'-N-alkyl ester compound. For example, terminal halogenated esters such as terminal bromo esters can be used. One example according to the present invention includes esters of acids comprising a cyclopropane or a cyclobutane ring, and possessing terminal sulfonate group, terminal iodide, terminal bromide or another terminal leaving group. The 3'-N-alkyl ester compounds are then converted to acids, which are reacted with the desired amine to yield the final desired macrolide compound.
Alternatively, the desired macrolide compound can be obtained directly from the 3'- N-desmethyl macrolide compound, which can be N-alkylated with an amide containing a cyclopropane ring, such as a terminally substituted amide having a suitable leaving group (e.g. halogen, tosylate, mesylate, bromide, etc.) to yield a 3'-N-alkyl amide compound. In another embodiment, the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound is N-alkylated with an aldehyde ester, using one of the reductive amination protocols known in the art. For example, an ester aldehyde is condensed with secondary amine group of the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound, and the intermediate thus formed is reduced to the alkylamino ester. This ester compound is then converted to the desired macrolide compound. Alternatively, the desired macrolide compound can be obtained directly from the 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compound, which can be N-alkylated with an amide containing a cyclopropane ring, such as a terminally substituted amide possessing an aldehyde group. Typically, the 3'-N-alkyl ester compound is converted to a 3'-N-alkyl carboxylic acid salt, such as a lithium salt by reaction with LiOH in methanol, followed by reaction with the desired amino compound to couple the two components via an amide linkage.
Scheme 1 The general reaction steps of scheme 1 can be described as follows:
Macrolide Core Compound → Desmethyl Macrolide
Desmethyl Macrolide + Terminally Substituted Ester -» N-Alkyl Ester Compound
Desmethyl Macrolide + Aldehyde Ester — > N-Alkyl Ester Compound
N-Alkyl Ester Compound -» N-Alkyl Carboxylic Acid N-Alkyl Carboxylic Acid + Amino Compound — > Final Macrolide Compound
Desmethyl Macrolide + Terminally Substituted Amide — > Final Macrolide Compound
Desmethyl Macrolide + Aldehyde Amide → Final Macrolide Compound
The following is an illustration of Scheme 1 using erythromycin as a starting material
(analogous reactions can be run starting with other macrolide compounds such as azithromycin, clarithromycin, roxithromycin, etc.). The variables G, X, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, and Re are as defined above.
Figure imgf000067_0001
Erythromycin N-Desmethyl erythromycin
Ester hydrolysis
Figure imgf000067_0002
Figure imgf000067_0003
Amine Compound
Figure imgf000067_0004
Figure imgf000067_0005
N-Alkyl Carboxyhc Acid Macrolide Compound
N-Desmethyl erythromycin
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0002
substituted amide
Figure imgf000068_0004
Figure imgf000068_0005
4. Characterization of Compounds of the Invention
Compounds designed, selected and/or optimized by methods described above, once produced, can be characterized using a variety of assays known to those skilled in the art to determine whether the compounds have biological activity. For example, the molecules can be characterized by conventional assays, including but not limited to those assays described below, to determine whether they have a predicted activity, binding activity and/or binding specificity. Furthermore, high-throughput screening can be used to speed up analysis using such assays. As a result, it can be possible to rapidly screen the molecules described herein for activity, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-parasitic or anti-viral agents. Also, it can be possible to assay how the compounds interact with a ribosome or ribosomal subunit and/or are effective as modulators (for example, inhibitors) of protein synthesis using techniques known in the art. General methodologies for performing high- throughput screening are described, for example, in Devlin (1998) High Throughput Screening. Marcel Dekker; and U.S. Patent No. 5,763,263. High-throughput assays can use one or more different assay techniques including, but not limited to, those described below. (1) Surface Binding Studies. A variety of binding assays can be useful in screening new molecules for their binding activity. One approach includes surface plasmon resonance (SPR) that can be used to evaluate the binding properties of molecules of interest with respect to a ribosome, ribosomal subunit or a fragment thereof.
SPR methodologies measure the interaction between two or more macromolecules in real-time through the generation of a quantum-mechanical surface plasmon. One device, (BIAcore Biosensor RTM from Pharmacia Biosensor, Piscataway, NJ.) provides a focused beam of polychromatic light to the interface between a gold film (provided as a disposable biosensor "chip") and a buffer compartment that can be regulated by the user. A 100 nm thick "hydrogel" composed of carboxylated dextran that provides a matrix for the covalent immobilization of analytes of interest is attached to the gold film. When the focused light interacts with the free electron cloud of the gold film, plasmon resonance is enhanced. The resulting reflected light is spectrally depleted in wavelengths that optimally evolved the resonance. By separating the reflected polychromatic light into its component wavelengths (by means of a prism), and determining the frequencies that are depleted, the BIAcore establishes an optical interface which accurately reports the behavior of the generated surface plasmon resonance. When designed as above, the plasmon resonance (and thus the depletion spectrum) is sensitive to mass in the evanescent field (which corresponds roughly to the thickness of the hydrogel). If one component of an interacting pair is immobilized to the hydrogel, and the interacting partner is provided through the buffer compartment, the interaction between the two components can be measured in real time based on the accumulation of mass in the evanescent field and its corresponding effects of the plasmon resonance as measured by the depletion spectrum. This system permits rapid and sensitive real-time measurement of the molecular interactions without the need to label either component.
(2) Fluorescence Polarization. Fluorescence polarization (FP) is a measurement technique that can readily be applied to protein-protein, protein-ligand, or RNA-ligand interactions in order to derive IC50S and Kds of the association reaction between two molecules. In this technique one of the molecules of interest is conjugated with a fluorophore. This is generally the smaller molecule in the system (in this case, the compound of interest). The sample mixture, containing both the ligand-probe conjugate and the ribosome, ribosomal subunit or fragment thereof, is excited with vertically polarized light. Light is absorbed by the probe fluorophores, and re-emitted a short time later. The degree of polarization of the emitted light is measured. Polarization of the emitted light is dependent on several factors, but most importantly on viscosity of the solution and on the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore. With proper controls, changes in the degree of polarization of the emitted light depends only on changes in the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore, which in-tum depends on whether the probe-ligand conjugate is free in solution, or is bound to a receptor. Binding assays based on FP have a number of important advantages, including the measurement of IC50S and Kds under true homogenous equilibrium conditions, speed of analysis and amenity to automation, and ability to screen in cloudy suspensions and colored solutions. (3) Protein Synthesis. It is contemplated that, in addition to characterization by the foregoing biochemical assays, the compound of interest can also be characterized as a modulator (for example, an inhibitor of protein synthesis) of the functional activity of the ribosome or ribosomal subunit.
Furthermore, more specific protein synthesis inhibition assays can be performed by administering the compound to a whole organism, tissue, organ, organelle, cell, a cellular or subcellular extract, or a purified ribosome preparation and observing its pharmacological and inhibitory properties by determining, for example, its inhibition constant (IC50) for inhibiting protein synthesis. Incorporation of 3H leucine or 35S methionine, or similar experiments can be performed to investigate protein synthesis activity. A change in the amount or the rate of protein synthesis in the cell in the presence of a molecule of interest indicates that the molecule is a modulator of protein synthesis. A decrease in the rate or the amount of protein synthesis indicates that the molecule is a inhibitor of protein synthesis. (4) Antimicrobial assays and other evaluations Furthermore, the compounds can be assayed for anti-proliferative or anti-infective properties on a cellular level. For example, where the target organism is a microorganism, the activity of compounds of interest can be assayed by growing the microorganisms of interest in media either containing or lacking the compound. Growth inhibition can be indicative that the molecule can be acting as a protein synthesis inhibitor. More specifically, the activity of the compounds of interest against bacterial pathogens can be demonstrated by the ability of the compound to inhibit growth of defined strains of human pathogens. For this purpose, a panel of bacterial strains can be assembled to include a variety of target pathogenic species, some containing resistance mechanisms that have been characterized. Use of such a panel of organisms permits the determination of structure-activity relationships not only in regards to potency and spectrum, but also with a view to obviating resistance mechanisms.
Minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs) are determined by the microdilution method, typically in a final volume of 100 microliters, according to protocols outlined by The Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute [CLSI; formerly the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS)]. See CLSI: Methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically; approved standard-fifth edition. Wayne, PA: NCCLS; 2000. The assays can be also be performed in microtiter trays according to conventional methodologies as published by the CLSI. See CLSI. Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria That Grow Aerobically; Approved Standard-Seventh Edition. CLSI Document M7-A7 [ISBN 1-56238-587-9] CLSI, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne Pennsylvania 19087-1898 USA, 2006.).
The antimicrobial and other drug properties of the compounds can further be evaluated in various in vivo mammalian assays, such as a mouse or rat peritonitis infectious models, skin and soft tissue models (often referred to as the thigh model), or a mouse pneumonia model. There are septicemia or organ infection models known to those skilled in the art. These efficacy models can be used as part of the evaluation process and can be used as a guide of potential efficacy in humans. Endpoints can vary from reduction in bacterial burden to lethality. For the latter endpoint, results are often expressed as a PD50 value, or the dose of drug that protects 50% of the animals from mortality.
To further assess a compound's drug-like properties, measurements of inhibition of cytochrome P450 enzymes and phase π metabolizing enzyme activity can also be measured either using recombinant human enzyme systems or more complex systems like human liver microsomes. Further, compounds can be assessed as substrates of these metabolic enzyme activities as well. These activities are useful in determining the potential of a compound to cause drug-drug interactions or generate metabolites that retain or have no useful antimicrobial activity.
To get an estimate of the potential of the compound to be orally bioavailable, one can also perform solubility and Caco-2 assays. The latter is a cell line from human epithelium that allows measurement of drug uptake and passage through a Caco-2 cell monolayer often growing within wells of a 24-well microtiter plate equipped with a 1 micron membrane. Free drug concentrations can be measured on the basolateral side of the monolayer, assessing the amount of drug that can pass through the intestinal monolayer. Appropriate controls to ensure monolayer integrity and tightness of gap junctions are needed. Using this same system one can get an estimate of P-glycoprotein mediated efflux. P-glycoprotein is a pump that localizes to the apical membrane of cells, forming polarized monolayers. This pump can abrogate the active or passive uptake across the Caco-2 cell membrane, resulting in less drug passing through the intestinal epithelial layer. These results are often done in conjunction with solubility measurements and both of these factors are known to contribute to oral bioavailability in mammals. Measurements of oral bioavailability in animals and ultimately in man using traditional pharmacokinetic experiments will determine the absolute oral bioavailability.
Experimental results can also be used to build models that help predict physical- chemical parameters that contribute to drug-like properties. When such a model is verified, experimental methodology can be reduced, with increased reliance on the model predictability. 5. Formulation and Administration
The compounds of the invention can be useful in the prevention or treatment of a variety of human or other animal, including mammalian and non mammalian, disorders, including for example, bacterial infection, fungal infections, viral infections, parasitic diseases, diarrhea, and cancer. It is contemplated that, once identified, the active molecules of the invention can be incorporated into any suitable carrier prior to use. The dose of active molecule, mode of administration and use of suitable carrier will depend upon the intended recipient and target organism. The formulations, both for veterinary and for human medical use, of compounds according to the present invention typically include such compounds in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The carrier(s) should be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulations and not deleterious to the recipient. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, in this regard, are intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds (identified or designed according to the invention and/or known in the art) also can be incorporated into the compositions. The formulations can conveniently be presented in dosage unit form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy/microbiology. In general, some formulations are prepared by bringing the compound into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention should be formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include oral or parenteral, for example, otic, ophthalmic, intravenous, intradermal, inhalation/nasal, transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
Useful solutions for oral or parenteral administration can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art, described, for example, in Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences. (Gennaro, A., ed.), Mack Pub., (1990). Formulations for parenteral administration can also include glycocholate for buccal administration, methoxysalicylate for rectal administration, or citric acid for vaginal administration. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Suppositories for rectal administration also can be prepared by mixing the drug with a non- irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, other glycerides, or other compositions which are solid at room temperature and liquid at body temperatures. Formulations also can include, for example, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, and hydrogenated naphthalenes. Formulations for direct administration can include glycerol and other compositions of high viscosity. Other potentially useful parenteral carriers for these drugs include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes. Formulations for inhalation administration can contain as excipients, for example, lactose, or can be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel to be applied intranasally. Retention enemas also can be used for rectal delivery.
Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration can be in the form of: discrete units such as capsules, gelatin capsules, sachets, tablets, troches, or lozenges, each containing a predetermined amount of the drug; a powder or granular composition; a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or non-aqueous liquid; or an oil- in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil emulsion. The drug can also be administered in the form of a bolus, electuary or paste. A tablet can be made by compressing or moulding the drug optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the drug in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed by a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets can be made by moulding, in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered drug and suitable carrier moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients. Oral compositions prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash include the compound in the fluid carrier and are applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filter sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation include vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
Formulations suitable for intra-articular administration can be in the form of a sterile aqueous preparation of the drug that can be in microcrystalline form, for example, in the form of an aqueous microcrystalline suspension. Liposomal formulations or biodegradable polymer systems can also be used to present the drug for both intra-articular and ophthalmic administration. Formulations suitable for topical administration, including eye treatment, include liquid or semi-liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, gels, applicants, oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions such as creams, ointments or pastes; or solutions or suspensions such as drops. Formulations for topical administration to the skin surface can be prepared by dispersing the drug with a dermatologically acceptable carrier such as a lotion, cream, ointment or soap. Particularly useful are carriers capable of forming a film or layer over the skin to localize application and inhibit removal. For topical administration to internal tissue surfaces, the agent can be dispersed in a liquid tissue adhesive or other substance known to enhance adsorption to a tissue surface. For example, hydroxypropylcellulose or fibrinogen/thrombin solutions can be used to advantage. Alternatively, tissue-coating solutions, such as pectin-containing formulations can be used.
For inhalation treatments, inhalation of powder (self-propelling or spray formulations) dispensed with a spray can, a nebulizer, or an atomizer can be used. Such formulations can be in the form of a fine powder for pulmonary administration from a powder inhalation device or self-propelling powder-dispensing formulations. In the case of self-propelling solution and spray formulations, the effect can be achieved either by choice of a valve having the desired spray characteristics (i.e., being capable of producing a spray having the desired particle size) or by incorporating the active ingredient as a suspended powder in controlled particle size. For administration by inhalation, the compounds also can be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
Systemic administration also can be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants generally are known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents and bile salts.
Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds typically are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
The active compounds can be prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
Oral or parenteral compositions can be formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals. Furthermore, administration can be by periodic injections of a bolus, or can be made more continuous by intravenous, intramuscular or intraperitoneal administration from an external reservoir (e.g., an intravenous bag). Where adhesion to a tissue surface is desired the composition can include the drug dispersed in a fibrinogen-thrombin composition or other bioadhesive. The compound then can be painted, sprayed or otherwise applied to the desired tissue surface. Alternatively, the drugs can be formulated for parenteral or oral administration to humans or other mammals, for example, in therapeutically effective amounts, e.g., amounts that provide appropriate concentrations of the drug to target tissue for a time sufficient to induce the desired effect. Where the active compound is to be used as part of a transplant procedure, it can be provided to the living tissue or organ to be transplanted prior to removal of tissue or organ from the donor. The compound can be provided to the donor host. Alternatively or, in addition, once removed from the donor, the organ or living tissue can be placed in a preservation solution containing the active compound. In all cases, the active compound can be administered directly to the desired tissue, as by injection to the tissue, or it can be provided systemically, e.g., by oral, otic, ophthalmic, topic, or nasal or parenteral administration, using any of the methods and formulations described herein and/or known in the art. Where the drug comprises part of a tissue or organ preservation solution, any commercially available preservation solution can be used to advantage. For example, useful solutions known in the art include Collins solution, Wisconsin solution, Belzer solution, Eurocollins solution and lactated Ringer's solution. The compounds of the present invention can be administered directly to a tissue locus by applying the compound to a medical device that is placed in contact with the tissue. An example of a medical device is a stent, which contains or is coated with one or more of the compounds of the present invention. For example, an active compound can be applied to a stent at the site of vascular injury. Stents can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Fattori, R. and Piva, T., "Drug Eluting Stents in Vascular Intervention," Lancet, 2003, 361, 247-249; Morice, M. C, "A New Era in the Treatment of Coronary Disease?" European Heart Journal, 2003, 24, 209-211; and Toutouzas, K. et al., "Sirolimus-Eluting Stents: A Review of Experimental and Clinical Findings," Z. Kardiol., 2002, 91 (3), 49-57. The stent can be fabricated from stainless steel or another bio-compatible metal, or it can be made of a bio-compatible polymer. The active compound can be linked to the stent surface, embedded and released from polymer materials coated on the stent, or surrounded by and released through a carrier which coats or spans the stent. The stent can be used to administer single or multiple active compounds to tissues adjacent to the stent.
Active compound as identified or designed by the methods described herein can be administered to individuals to treat disorders (prophylactically or therapeutically). In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics {i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug) can be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician can consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a drug as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with the drug.
In therapeutic use for treating, or combating, bacterial infections in mammals, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, otically, opthalmically, nasally, parenterally and/or topically at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level or tissue level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be anti-microbially effective. Generally, an effective amount of dosage of active component will be in the range of from about 0.1 to about 100, more preferably from about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day. The amount administered will also likely depend on such variables as the type and extent of disease or indication to be treated, the overall health status of the particular patient, the relative biological efficacy of the compound delivered, the formulation of the drug, the presence and types of excipients in the formulation, and the route of administration. Also, it is to be understood that the initial dosage administered can be increased beyond the above upper level in order to rapidly achieve the desired blood-level or tissue level, or the initial dosage can be smaller than the optimum and the daily dosage can be progressively increased during the course of treatment depending on the particular situation. If desired, the daily dose can also be divided into multiple doses for administration, for example, two to four times per day.
Various disease states or conditions in humans and other mammals are found to be caused by or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations. These mutations cause or mediate the disease state or condition by adversely affecting, for example, protein synthesis, folding, trafficking and/or function. Examples of disease states or conditions in which an appreciable percentage of the disease or condition is believed to result from nonsense or missense mutations include hemophilia (factor VTII gene), neurofibromatosis (NFl and NF2 genes), retinitis pigmentosa (human USH2A gene), bullous skin diseases like Epidermolysis bullosa pruriginosa (COL7A1 gene), cystic fibrosis (cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator gene), breast and ovarian cancer (BRCAl and BRC A2 genes), Duchenne muscular dystrophy (dystrophin gene), colon cancer (mismatch repair genes, predominantly in MLHl and MSH2), and lysosomal storage disorders such as Neimann-Pick disease (acid sphingomyelinase gene). See Sanders CR, Myers JK. Disease-related misassembly of membrane proteins. Annu Rev Biophys Biomol Struct. 2004;33:25-51; National Center for Biotechnology Information (U.S.) Genes and disease Bethesda, MD : NCBI, NLM ID: 101138560; and Raskό, Istvan; Downes, C S Genes in medicine : molecular biology and human genetic disorders 1st ed. London ; New York : Chapman & Hall, 1995. NLM ID: 9502404. The compounds of the present invention can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by such nonsense or missense mutations by administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of the present invention to suppress the nonsense or missense mutation involved in the disease state.
6. Examples Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance 300 or
Avance 500 spectrometer, or in some cases a GE-Nicolet 300 spectrometer. Common reaction solvents were either high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) grade or American Chemical Society (ACS) grade, and anhydrous as obtained from the manufacturer unless otherwise noted. "Chromatography" or "purified by silica gel chromatography" refers to flash column chromatography using silica gel (EM Merck, Silica Gel 60, 230-400 mesh) unless otherwise noted. The compounds of the present invention can be prepared using known chemical transformations adapted to the particular situation at hand. Examples of chemical transformations useful in the present invention can be found in: U.S. Patent No. 7,091,196 B2, to Wang et al., issued August 15, 2006; PCT application No. WO 2005/085266 A2, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc., published September 15, 2005; PCT application No. PCT/US2006/33645, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc., filed August 24, 2006; PCT application No. PCT/US2006/33170, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc., filed August 24, 2006; and PCT application No. PCT/US2006/33157, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed August 24, 2006, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
Some of the abbreviations used in the following experimental details of the synthesis of the examples are defined below: h or hr = hour(s); min = minute(s); mol = mole(s); mmol = millimole(s); M = molar; μM = micromolar; g = gram(s); μg = microgram(s); rt = room temperature; L = liters); mL = milliliter(s); Et2O = diethyl ether; THF = tetrahydrofuran; DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide; EtOAc = ethyl acetate; EtjN = triethylamine; /-Pr2NEt or DIPEA = diisopropylethylamine; CH2CI2 = methylene chloride; CHCI3 = chloroform; CDCI3 = deuterated chloroform; CCl4
Figure imgf000080_0001
deuterated methanol; EtOH = ethanol; DMF = dimethylformamide; BOC = t- butoxycarbonyl; CBZ = benzyloxycarbonyl; TBS = f-butyldimethylsilyl; TBSCl = t- butyldimethylsilyl chloride; TFA = trifluoroacetic acid; DBU = diazabicycloundecene; TBDPSCl = f-butyldiphenylchlorosilane; Hunig's Base= N,N-diisopropylethylamine;
DMAP = 4-dimethylaminopyridine; CuI = copper (I) iodide; MsCl = methanesulfonyl chloride; ΝaΝ3 = sodium azide; Na2SO4= sodium sulfate; NaHCθ3 = sodium bicarbonate; NaOH = sodium hydroxide; MgSO4= magnesium sulfate; K2CO3 = potassium carbonate; KOH = potassium hydroxide; NH4OH = ammonium hydroxide; NH4Cl = ammonium chloride; SiO2 = silica; Pd-C = palladium on carbon; Pd(dppf)Cl2= dichloro[l,l '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] palladium (H).
Exemplary compounds synthesized in accordance with the invention are listed in Table 1. A bolded or dashed bond is shown to indicate a particular stereochemistry at a chiral center, whereas a wavy bond indicates that the substituent can be in either orientation or that the compound is a mixture thereof. It should also be known that in the interest of space, the chemical structures have been condensed, for example the methyl and ethyl group substituents are designated with just a carbon backbone representation, and the unsaturated bonds in the triazole rings might not always be visible.
The compounds of the present invention can be prepared, formulated, and delivered as salts, esters, and prodrugs. For convenience, the compounds are generally shown without indicating a particular salt, ester, or prodrug form.
Compounds of the present invention are shown in Table 1. LCMS (liquid chromatography mass spectral) data are provided, where available. The LCMS data is provided using the convention for m/z in the format, [M + H]+, except for these with an asterisk * where the format is [(M + 2H)/2]+.
Table 1
Compound No. Structure LCMS
100
982.3
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
104
Figure imgf000083_0001
105
506*
Figure imgf000083_0002
106
524*
Figure imgf000084_0001
107
53V
Figure imgf000084_0002
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
112
531*
Figure imgf000087_0001
113
534*
Figure imgf000087_0002
114
534*
Figure imgf000088_0001
115
1002.9
Figure imgf000088_0002
116
1002.9
Figure imgf000089_0001
117
536*
Figure imgf000089_0002
118
536"
Figure imgf000089_0003
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
124
559*
Figure imgf000092_0001
125
574*
Figure imgf000092_0002
126
574*
Figure imgf000093_0001
127
Figure imgf000093_0002
In the present invention, the variable G is further selected from -B' or -B'-Z-B". Tables 1 A-II provide examples of chemical moieties or fragments for -Z-B" when G is selected from -B'-Z-B". Note that in Tables 1 A-II, the chemical moieties or fragments for "- Z-B" are drawn such that the chemical moiety or fragment is bonded to -B from the left of the chemical moiety or fragment as drawn. For example, using the first chemical moiety or fragment from Table IA as an example, it can alternatively be drawn as shown immediately below.
Figure imgf000094_0001
This fragment would then be attached to B', as shown immediately below.
Figure imgf000094_0002
As a further nonlimiting example, in the macrolide structure shown below, variable G, could be selected from -B '-Z-B". If, for example, B' is then selected from phenyl, then -Z- B" could be further selected from the first chemical moiety or fragment of Table IA to give the indicated compound.
Figure imgf000094_0003
Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G.
Figure imgf000095_0001
Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G selected form -B'-Z-B".
Figure imgf000095_0002
Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G selected form -B'-Z-B", wherein B' is phenyl.
Figure imgf000096_0001
Exemplary macrolide compound of the present invention showing variable G selected form -B '-Z-B" wherein B' is phenyl and -Z-B" is selected from the first chemical moiety or fragment of Table IA.
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Examples 1 - 6: Synthesis of 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide intermediate compounds Examples 1-6 describe the synthesis of various 3'-N-desmethyl macrolide compounds which are useful intermediates for making the compounds of the present invention.
Example 1: Synthesis of 3'-N-desmethyl erythromycin from erythromycin
3'-N-desmethyl erythromycin is synthesized from erythromycin according to the procedure described in U.S. Patent No. 3,725,385; Flynn et al. (1954) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76: 3121; Ku et al. (1997) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7: 1203; and Stenmark et al. (2000) J. Org. Chem. 65: 3875).
Example 2: Synthesis of 3'-7Y-desmethyl azithromycin from azithromycin Azithromycin (0.80 g, 1.02 mmol) and sodium acetate (NaOAc) (0.712 g, 8.06 mmol) were dissolved in 80% aqueous MeOH (25 mL). The solution was heated to 500C followed by addition of iodine (I2) (0.272 g, 1.07 mmol) in three batches within 3 minutes. The reaction was maintained at a pH between 8 and 9 by adding IN sodium hydroxide (NaOH) (1 mL) at 10 min and 45 minute intervals. The solution turned colorless within 45 minutes, however, stirring was continued for 2 hours. TLC (CH2Cl2ZMeOHZNH4OH 10:1 :0.05) after 2 hours showed a single major product (Rf= 0.66). The reaction was cooled to room temperature, poured into H2O (75 mL) containing NH4OH (1.5 mL) and extracted with CHCI3 (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (30 mL) containing NH4OH (1.5 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent evaporated to give a white residue. The crude was purified on a silica gel column eluting with CH2Cl2ZMeOHZNH4OH 18:1:0.05 to 10:1 :0.05 to provide the 3'-N-desmethyl azithromycin (0.41 g, 55%).
Example 3: Synthesis of 3'-7V-desmethyl clarithromycin from clarithromycin To a mixture of clarithromycin (1.00 g, 1.3 mmol) and ΝaOAcβH20 (0.885 g, 6.5 mmol) was added MeOH-H2O (20 mL, 4:1), and the mixture heated to 55-60 0C. Iodine (0.330 g, 1.3 mmol) was added portion-wise and the reaction stirred at 55-60 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was poured into 50 mL CHCI3 containing 1 mL ammonium hydroxide. It was extracted with CHCI3 (4 x 50 mL), washed with water (70 mL) containing 5 mL ammonium hydroxide, dried (anhydrous Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, CHCl3MeOHiNH4OH 100:10:0.1) to afford 3'-N-desmethyl clarithromycin. Yield: 0.9g (92%).
Example 4: Synthesis of 3'-/V-desmethyl roxithromycin from roxithromycin
To a mixture of roxithromycin (850 mg, 0.914 mmol, 90%) and NaOAc (828 mg, 10.000 mmol) in a mixture of MeOH (6.0 mL) and water (1.5 mL) at 48°C was added I2 in four portions (each portion: 63.5 mg) over 30 min, after each portion I2, followed by IN NaOH (400μL). The reaction was continued for 30 min. The solvent was removed and EtOAc (100 mL) was added, followed by water (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine (40 mLX2), dried with Na2SO4. The residue was separated by FC (6/94/0.2 MeOHZCH2Cl2ZNH4OH), gave 600 mg of the 3'-N-desmethyl roxithromycin in 80% yield. LCMS (ESE) m/e 824 (MGH)+.
Example 5: Synthesis of 3'-JV-Desmethyl telithromycin from telithromycin
To a solution of telithromycin (3.0 g, 3.60 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (70 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (NIS) (0.98 g, 4.32 mmol) in two portions within 30 min at 0 0C under argon atmosphere. The mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred overnight. CH2Cl2 (250 mL) and 5 % Na2S2O3 (80 mL) were added and the two layers separated. The organic layer was extracted with 5 % Na2S2O3 (1 X 80 mL), dilute NH4Cl (1 X 80 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the crude was purified on silica gel eluting with 0 - 8 % methanolic ammonia (2N NH3) in CH2Cl2 to give 3'-N-desmethyl telithromycin as white solid (1.95 g, 68 %). MS (ESI) M/E; M+H+ 798.6. Example 6: Synthesis of 3'-N-Desmethyl ketolide type macrolides
Most of the 3'-N-desmethyl ketolide intermediates are not made directly. Instead, the ketolide function, i.e. the 1,3-diketone, is introduced after the 3'-N-desmethyl functionality has been further transformed to an N-alkynyl intermediate. In an exemplary process, clarithromycin is converted to 3'-N-desmethyl clarithromycin. This compound is then alkylated to form an alkynyl intermediate. The cladinose sugar is then cleaved from this intermediate and the resulting free hydroxyl group is oxidized to the ketone.
Example 7 Synthesis of Compounds Compounds 119, 120, 121, and 122, and Intermediates A, and B are generally ca. 1 :1 mixtures of the (R, R)- and (S, S)-diastereomers on the cyclopropyl linker. These compounds were synthesized from racemic 2-formylcyclopropanecarboxylate via a reductive amination protocol. The following Scheme illustrates the synthesis of compound 119.
Figure imgf000107_0001
N-desmethylclarithromycin
1) LiOH
2) H3O+
Figure imgf000107_0002
Intermediate B Synthesis of Intermediate A:
N-Desmethylclarithromycin (20.0 g, 27.25 mmol), THF (75 mL) and isopropanol (100 mL) were stirred at room temperature. Trimethyl orthoformate (11.57 g, 11.94 mL, 109 mmol) was added, followed by ethyl 2-formylcyclopropanecarboxylate (15.49 g, 109 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride NaBH3CN (7.71 g, 122.6 mmol). After 40 min, MgCl2 (13.0 g, 136.2 mmol) was introduced and stirring was continued at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (300 mL) and saturated NH4C1/2O% NH4OH/H2O solution (200 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated NH4C1/2O% NH4OH/H2O solution (200 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 3% v/v 2M
NH3ZMeOH in CH2Ch] affording the product as a white solid, which crystallized overnight (EtOAc, 40 mL). This gave intermediate A (14.98 g, 64%) as colorless needles; LCMS (CI) m/z 860 (M+H)+.
Synthesis of Intermediate B:
Intermediate A (5.4 g, 6.28 mmol) was dissolved in THF (25 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature, under argon. Methanol (110 mL) was added, followed by 5% L1OH/H2O solution (25 mL). After stirring for 4 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to 50 mL and then partitioned between CH2Cl2 (200 mL) and saturated KH2POVH2O (300 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x150 mL). The organic phases were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 2% Et3N - 5% MeOH - 93% CH2Cl2], affording intermediate B as a white solid (3.80 g, 73%); LCMS (CI) m/z 832 (M+H)+.
Synthesis of compounds 119, 120, 121, and 122:
The synthesis of oxazolidinone amines used for the amide formation reactions was accomplished using previously described approaches (Morpholino- Mohan, Rao Dodda; Krishna, Reddy Pingili. (Symed Labs Limited, India; Mohan Rao, Dodda; Krishna Reddy, Pingili). PCT Int. Appl. (2005), 22 pp. WO 2005099353; Fluorophenyl- Lee, Jae-gul; Leem, Won-bin; Cho, Jong-hwan; Choi, Sung-hak; Lee, Jong-jin; Park, Sang-kuk; Lee, Tae- hoo; Kim, Dong-goo; Sung, Hyun-jung. (Dong A Pharm. Co., Ltd., S. Korea). PCT Int. Appl. (2001), 199 pp. WO 2001094342 ).
Figure imgf000109_0001
Intermediate B
Figure imgf000109_0002
Intermediate B
Figure imgf000110_0001
Intermediate B
Figure imgf000110_0002
Intermediate B
General procedure for coupling of intermediate B with amines
The respective amine (0.25 mmol), acid intermediate B (ca. 0.4 mmol, 1.50 equiv), HBTU (1.66 equiv), DIPEA (2.8 equiv) and anhydrous DMF (4.0 mL) were stirred under argon, at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (70 mL) and saturated KH2PO4/H2O (70 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated KH2PO4/H2O (50 mL), dried over Na2SQ*, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 3-6% v/v 2M NH3/MeOH in CH2Cl2], followed by preparative HPLC (60μ, C- 18, 41.4 mm Dynamax column + guard; 65%-100% MeOH+0.1% NH4OH). The following products were obtained (yields: 24-65%)
Compounds 123, 124, 125, and 126 were prepared as single isomers. Compound 123 was prepared following the methodology depicted in the Scheme below:
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000111_0002
Figure imgf000111_0003
Figure imgf000111_0004
Synthesis of compound 123:
(R, Λ)-2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester (0.61 g, 2.04 mmol), N-desmethylclarithromycin (1.54 g, 2.1 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (10 mL), and toluene (8 mL) were placed in a 35 mL Schlenk vessel. The vessel was purged with argon and sealed. The mixture was heated at 105 0C, with stirring. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 2% v/v 2M NH3/Me0H in CH2Cl2]. The solid thus obtained was crystallized (EtOH, 15 mL), affording the (R, .^-cyclopropane-linked ester as a white powder (1.37 g; 78%); LCMS (CI) m/z 860 (M+H)+.
A portion of this sample (1.12 g, 1.30 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL), MeOH (8 mL) was added, followed by 5% LiOH/H2O (3 0 mL, 6 2 mmol) The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then concentrated to 5 mL and partitioned between saturated KH2PO4ZH2O (100 mL) and CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The aqueous phase was washed with EtOAc (2x50 mL). The organic phases were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 2% Et3N - 5% MeOH - 93% CH2Cl2], affording the (R, Λ)-cyclopropane-linked acid as a colorless, glassy solid (0.663 g, 61%); LCMS (CI) m/z 832 (M+H)+. (5)-5-Aminomethyl-3-[4-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-3-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidin-2-one (75 mg, 0.247 mmol), the (R, Λ)-cyclopropane-linked acid (282 mg, 0.339 mmol), HBTU (140 mg, 0.37 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (121 μL, 89.4 mg, 0.692 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (3.0 mL) were placed in a 15 mL Schlenk tube. The vessel was purged with argon and sealed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h, and then it was partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and saturated KH2PO4ZH2O (70 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated KH2PO4ZH2O (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. This afforded a glassy solid, which was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 5% vZv 2M NH3ZMeOH in CH2Cl2]. The product was further purified by preparative HPLC (60μ, C-18, 41.4 mm Dynamax column + guard; 70%-100% MeOH+0.1% NH4OH), affording compound 123 as a crystalline white solid (53.2 mg, 19%); LCMS (CI) m/z 559 (M+2H)2+/2.
-I l l- Compound 124 was prepared following the Scheme below:
Figure imgf000113_0001
N-desmethylclaπthromyαn
Figure imgf000113_0002
Figure imgf000113_0003
Synthesis of compound 124'
Compound 124 was synthesized from (5, 5)-2-(toluene-4- sulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester and N-desmethylclarithromycin according to the three-step experimental protocol described above for the synthesis of the isomeric compound 123. The last step of the synthetic sequence followed by HPLC purification afforded compound 124 (102.9 mg, 36%) as a white solid; LCMS (CI) m/z 559 (M+2H)2+/2. Synthesis of (R, R)- 2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)-cycIopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester and (S, S)- 2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
The precursors, diastereomerically and enantiomerically pure 2- benzyloxycyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl esters shown below
EtOOC
Figure imgf000114_0001
COOEt -
were synthesized from commercially available enantiomerically pure benzylglycidyl ethers following the method disclosed by Armstrong (Armstrong, A.; Scutt, J. N. Organic Letters 2003, 5, 2331-2334). Each of the two benzyl ethers thus obtained was subsequently converted to the corresponding 2-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester following the transformations shown on the Scheme below for the (R, /?)-isomer,
Figure imgf000114_0002
1) H2, Pd/C 1 2) TsCl, pyridine, DIPEA
Figure imgf000114_0003
(JMO 188-295, JMO 188-296) according to the synthetic pathway described in: Armstrong, A.; Scutt, J. N. Chemical Communications 2004, 510-511. Compounds 125 and 126 were prepared according to the Scheme below:
Figure imgf000115_0001
Synthesis of compounds 125 and 126: The acid [the above described (S, 5)-linked acid precursor to compound 124] (0.54 g,
0.65 mmol), methanol (10 mL), aniline (0.89 mL, 0.909 g, 9.76 mmol), and methoxylamine hydrochloride (0.652g, 7.8 mmol) were heated at 65 0C, for 3 h. The mixture was cooled and partitioned between EtOAc (70 mL) and 0.05N HC1/H2O (100 mL). The phases were separated, the aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (30 mL), and the organic phases were combined, dried over NaϊSO-t, filtered and concentrated to dryness. This sample was purified by flash column chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 4% Et3N - 15% MeOH - 81% CH2Cl2], affording a ca. 1:1 EIZ mixture of 9-N-methoxyimine derivatives of (S5S)- cyclopropane-linked acid as a white solid (0.53 g, 95%); LCMS (CI) m/z 861 (M+H)+.
This acid (0.53 g, 0.615 mmol), (5)-5-aminomethyl-3-[4-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-3- fluorophenyl]-oxazolidin-2-one (130 mg, 0.247 mmol), HBTU (260 mg, 0.685 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (225 μL, 167 mg, 1.29 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (5.0 mL) were placed in a 15 mL Schlenk tube. The vessel was purged with argon and sealed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for Ih, and then it was partitioned between EtOAc (70 mL) and saturated KH2PO4/H2O (70 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated KH2PO4/H2O (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. This afforded a solid (0.68 g), which was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 5% v/v 2M NH3/MeOH in CH2Cl2]. The product was further purified by preparative HPLC (60μ, C- 18, 41.4 mm Dynamax column + guard; 65%- 100% MeOH+0.1% NH4OH) affording, in order of elution: (a) compound 125 as a white solid (154.5 mg, 22 %); R,= 28 min.; LCMS (CI) m/z 574 (M+2H)2+/2, and (b) compound 126 as a white solid (52 mg, 7.4 %); Rt= 31 min.; LCMS (CI) m/z 574 (M+2H)2+/2.
Compound 113 was prepared as single isomer, starting from N-desmethylazithromycin, according to the Scheme below
Figure imgf000117_0001
N-desmethylazιthromyαn
Figure imgf000117_0002
Figure imgf000117_0003
Synthesis of compound 113
(5yS)-2-(Toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 3.43 mmol), N-desmethylazithromycin (1.80 g, 2.45 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (20 mL), and toluene (8 mL) were placed in a 100 mL flask, purged with argon, and then heated at 115 0C, with stirring. After 14 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo to dryness and purified by flash column chromatography [Si-gel 230- 400 mesh, 10% v/v 0.4M NH3MeOH in CH2Cl2] affording the (S, 5)-cyclopropane-linked ester as a white powder (2.05 g; 97%); LCMS (CI) m/z 431 (M+2H)2+/2.
(S, .^-cyclopropane-linked ester (2.50 g, 2.90 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL), IN NaOH/H2O (26.0 mL, 26 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred at 55°C for 2 h and cooled to room temperature. Water (12 mL) and IN HCI/H2O (6 mL) were added, the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (4 x 25 mL). The organic phases were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to dryness, affording the (S, S)- cyclopropane-linked acid as a colorless, glassy solid (1.0 g, 41%); LCMS (CI) m/z 417 (M+2H)2+/2.
The (S, 5)-cyclopropane-linked acid (103 mg, 0.124 mmol), (S)- 2-amino-3-(2-fluoro- 4-thiazol-5-yl-phenyl)-propan-l-ol (29 mg, 0.115 mmol), l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI, 29 mg, 0.151 mmol), HOBt (17 mg, 0.125 mmol) and CH2Cl2 (5 mL) were stirred under argon, at room temperature. N,N-Diisopropylethyl- amine (44μL, 0.250 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 24 h.
The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH2CU (20 mL) and H2O (50 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated NaCl/H2θ (20 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The thus obtained glassy solid was purified by flash chromatography [Si-gel 230-400 mesh, 10% v/v 2M NH3/MeOH in CH2Cl2] affording compound 113, a white solid (36.6 mg, 30%); LCMS (CI) m/z 534 (M+2H)2+/2.
Compound 114 was prepared as single isomer, starting from N-desmethylazithromycin, according to the Scheme below
Figure imgf000119_0001
Synthesis of compound 114
The synthesis of compound 114, starting from azithromycin and (Λ^?)-2-(toluene-4- sulfonyloxymethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester, followed the procedures described above for the synthesis of compound 113. In the last step of the synthetic route as depicted in the Scheme above, EDCI-mediated coupling of (ΛfΛ)-cyclopropane-linked acid and (S)- 2-amino-3-(2-fluoro-4-thiazol-5-yl-phenyl)-propan-l-ol afforded compound 114 as a white solid (52 5 mg, 40 5%), LCMS (CI) m/z 534 (M+2H)2+/2 General procedure for the synthesis of the amines useful in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention. (2-Amino-3-fluoro-l-[4-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)- phenyl]-propan-l-ol and 2-Amino-3-fluoro-l-(4-pyridin-3-yl-phenyl)-propan-l-ol TFA salt)
B(OH)2
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0002
3-Pyridine-boronic acid (0.25 g, 2 mmol, 1 eq.), 0.8 g of [l-fluoromethyl-2-hydroxy- 2-(4-iodo-phenyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (iodo-intermediate, 2.02 mmol, 1 eq.), 0.07 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.061 mmol, 0.03 eq.) and 0.84 g of K2CO3 (6.06 mmol, 3 eq.) were suspended in toluene/ethanol/ϊhO (v/v/v = 3:1 :1, total volume about 5 ml). The resulting reaction mixture was degassed and heated to 90 -100 0C for 4-5 hrs. When TLC and LCMS showed no starting material, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was concentrated and applied directly onto preparative TLC, affording 0.664 g of the Boc-protected amine, which was reacted with TFA in CH2CI2 to afford the free amine. Analogous transformations can be carried out with other macrolide cores to prepare compounds of the present invention.
Amine compounds useful in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are readily made using generally known chemistries. Exemplary amino compounds are shown below in Table 2.
Figure imgf000121_0001
Antimicrobial activity
The compounds of the present invention were tested for antimicrobial activity. These data are presented in Table 3. The compounds were run against Streptococcus pneumoniae (wild type strain 02J1016) and Streptococcus pyogenes (wild type strain SS1542) using a standard microdilution assay to determine minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs). The data is presented whereby a "+" indicates that the compound has an MIC value of 16 micrograms/ml or less and a "-" indicates that the compound has an MIC value greater than 16 micrograms/ml. A "N/A" means that data is unavailable. It will be recognized by one skilled in the art that the compounds can be assessed against other bacterial organisms and that the presentation of data for activity against Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus pyogenes is for illustrative purposes and in no way is intended to limit the scope of the present invention. The compounds of the present invention can be assayed against a range of other microorganisms depending upon the performance activity desired to be gathered. Furthermore, the "+", "-", and "N/A" representation and the selection of a cutoff value of 16 micrograms/ml is also illustrative and in no way is intended to limit the scope of the present invention. For example, a "-" is not meant to indicate that the compound necessarily lacks activity or utility, but rather that its MIC value against the indicated microorganism is greater than 16 micrograms/ml.
Streptococcus Streptococcus
TABLE 3 pneumoniae pyogenes
Compound
107 + N/A
108 + N/A
109 + N/A
110 + +
111 + +
112 + +
113 + +
114 + +
115 + +
116 + +
117 + +
118 + +
119 + +
120 + +
121 + +
122 + N/A
123 + N/A
124 + +
125 + +
126 + +
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
The entire disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientific articles referred to herein is incorporated by reference for all purposes.
EQUIVALENTS
The invention can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. The foregoing embodiments are therefore to be considered in all respects illustrative rather than limiting on the invention described herein. Scope of the invention is thus indicated by the appended claims rather than by the foregoing description, and all changes that come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are intended to be embraced therein.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000124_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein
A and C are independently selected from the group consisting of (a) -Ci-βalkyl-, (b) - C2-6 alkenyl-, (c) -C2-6 alkynyl-, wherein any of the aliphatic carbons atoms in (a), (b) or (c) are optionally replaced with (d) -(C=O)-, (e) -O-, (f) -S-, and (g) -NR4-, and wherein any of (a), (b), or (c), are optionally further substituted with (h) -OH, (i) -N(R4)2, or (j) halogen;
B is selected from (a) -cyclopropyl- and (b) -cyclobutyl-; D is selected from (a) G and (b)
Figure imgf000124_0002
G is selected from: (a) -B' and (b) -B'-Z-B", wherein iii) each B' is independently selected from (aa) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and (bb) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein each (aa) or (bb) optionally contains one or more carbonyl groups, and wherein each (aa) or (bb) optionally is substituted with one or more R1 ' or R1 la; iv) each B" is independently selected from (aa) -H, (bb) -OH, (cc) - OR9, (dd) -SH, (ee) -S(O)pR9, (ff) halogen, (gg) -CN, (Hh)-N3, (ii) -NO2, (jj) -Si(R13K (kk) -SO3H, (11) -SO3N(R4)2, (mm) - SO3R9, (nn) -NR6R6, (oo) -C(O)R9, (pp) -C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (qq) -OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (rr) -C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (ss) - NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (tt) -NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (uu) - C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (w) -NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (ww) - C(=NR6)(CR5R6)tR9, (xx) -C(=NR6)NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (yy) - NR6C(=NR6)NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (zz) -S(CR6R6JtR9, (aaa) - S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (bbb) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings, (ccc) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 rings and containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (ddd) -Ci-6 alkyl, (eee) -C2-6 alkenyl, and (fff) a C2-6 alkynyl group; wherein each (bbb) or (ccc) optionally contains one or more carbonyl groups, and wherein each (bbb) or (ccc) optionally is substituted with one or more R1 ' or R1 la; wherein each (ddd), (eee), or (fff) is optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups; (iii) Z is selected from (a) a single bond, (b) -C i-6 alkyl-, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl-, (d) -C2^ alkynyl-, (e) -O-, (f) -NR4-, (g) -S(O)1,-, OO - C(O)-, (i) -C(O)O-, ϋ) - OC(O)-, (k) -OC(O)O-, (1) - C(O)NR4-, (m) -NR4CO-, (n) -NR4C(O)NR4- , (o) -C(=NR4)-, (p) - C(=NR4)O-, (q) - OC(=NR4)-, (r) -C(=NR4)NR4-, (s) - NR4C(=NR4)-, (t) -C(=SH (u) -C(=S)NR4- (v) -NR4C(=S)-, (w) -C(O)S-, (x) -SC(OK (y) -OC(=S)-, and (z) -C(=S)-O-, wherein any of the aliphatic carbons atoms in (b), (c), or (d) are optionally replaced with -(C=O)-, -0-, -S-, or -NR4-, and wherein any of (b), (c), or (d), are optionally further substituted with -OH, -NR4-, or halogen; T is a 14- or 15-membered macrolide connected via a macrocyclic ring carbon atom; X is selected from (a) H, (b) halogen, (c) a C^ alkyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (e) a C2^ alkynyl group, (f) -OH, (g) -OR5, (h) -NR4R4, (i) -C(O)R5, (j) -C(O)OR5, (k) - C(O)-NR4R4, (1) -C(S)R5, (m) -C(S)OR5, (n) -C(O)SR5, (o) -C(S)-NR4R4, (p) -N3, (q) -CN, (r) -CF3, (s) -CF2H, (t) -CFH2, (u) -S(O)PH, (v) -SR5, (w) -S(O)POH, (x) -S(O)POR5, (y) - S(O)pNR4R4, (z) -S(0)pCi-6 alkyl, (aa) -S(0)p aryl, (bb) a C3-7 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (cc) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, Ra and Rb independently are selected from: (a) -H, (b) -Ci_6 alkyl, (c) -C2-O alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -OH, (f) -OR5, (g) -NR4R4, (h) -C(O)R5, (i) -C(O)OR5, (j) -C(O)-NR4R4, (k) -C(S)pR5, (1) -C(S)POR5, (m) -C(O)SR5, (n) -C(S)P-NR4R4, (o) halogen, (p) -SH, and (q) - SR5; or alternatively Ra and Rb are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form (a) -C(O)-, (b) -C(=S)-, (c) -C=NR4-, or (d) -C=NOR5-, wherein (b) -(d) are further optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups; Rc is selected from: (a) H, ^) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -OR5, wherein R5 is not H, (f) -NR4R4, (g) -C(K))R5, (h) -C(=0)0R5, (i) -C(=O)-NR4R4, (j) - S(O)PNR4 R4, (k) -C(O)SR5, (1) -S(O)PH, and (m) - S(O)PR5, wherein (b) -(d) are further optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups; Rd and Re independently are selected from: (a) H, (b) -Ci^ alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) -OH, (f) -OR5, (g) -NR4R4, (h) -C(O)R5, (i) -C(O)OR5, (j) -C(O)-NR4R4, (k) -C(S)R5, (1) -C(S)OR5, (m) -C(O)SR5, (n) -C(S)-NR4R4, and (o) halogen, or alternatively, Rc and R or Rc and Re are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond between the carbon atoms to which they are attached; alternatively Rd and X are taken together to form =CR5R5; or alternatively Rd and Re are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form (a) -C(O)-, (b) -C(S)-, (c) -C=NR4, (d) -C=NOR5, (e) =CH2, or (f) 3-12-membered carbocycle or heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups; R1 and R3 independently are selected from: (a) -H, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2^ alkynyl, (e) ^C(O)R5, (f) -C(O)OR5, (g) -C(O)-NR4R4, (h) -C(S)R5, (i) -C(S)OR5, (j) - C(O)SR5, and (k) -C(S)-NR4R4; 84 alternatively R1 and R3 are taken together with the oxygen to which R1 is attached, the
85 nitrogen to which R3 is attached and the two intervening carbons to form a 5 or 6 membered
86 ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R5 groups;
87 R2 is hydrogen or -OR12;
88 R4, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
89 (a) H, (b) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group,
90 (e) a C6-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) a 3-12 membered
91 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more
92 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -C(O)-Ci-6 alkyl,
93 (h) -C(O)-C2J, alkenyl, (i) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-C6-I2 saturated,
94 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k) -C(O)- 3-12 membered saturated,
95 unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
96 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (1) -C(O)O-Ci^ alkyl, (m) -
97 C(O)O-C2-O alkenyl, (n) -C(O)O-C2-6 alkynyl, (o) -C(O)O-C6-I2 saturated,
98 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (p) -C(O)O-3-12 membered saturated,
99 unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
100 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and (q) -C(O)NR6R6,
101 wherein any of (b)-(p) optionally is substituted with one or more R5
102 groups,
103 alternatively, NR4R4 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring
104 including the nitrogen atom to which the R4 groups are bonded, wherein said ring is
105 optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R4 groups are
106 bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)P, N, and NR8;
107 R5 is selected from:
108 (a) R7, (b) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group,
109 (e) a C3.12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a
110 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one
111 or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or
112 alternatively two R groups, when present on the same carbon atom can be
113 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a spiro
114 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring containing one or more
115 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; 116 wherein any of (b)-(f) immediately above optionally is substituted
117 with one or more R7 groups;
118 R6, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
119 (a) H, (b) -Ci-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, (e) a C3-I2 saturated,
120 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated,
121 unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
122 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
123 wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more
124 moieties selected from:
125 (aa) an acyl group, (bb) a formyl group, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br,
126 (ff) I, (gg) CN, (gg)NO2, (ii)-OR8,
127 (hh)-S(O)pR8, (ii)-C(O)R8, Qj)-C(O)OR8,
128 (kk)-OC(O)R8, (11)-C(O)NR8R8,
129 (mm) -OC(O)NR8R8, (nn) -C(=NR8)R8,
130 (oo)-C(R8)(R8)OR8, (pp)-C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
131 (qq)-C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)tNR8R8, (rr) -NR8R8,
132 (ss) -NR8OR8, (tt)-NR8C(O)R8,
133 (uu)-NR8C(O)OR8, (w) -NR8C(O)NR8R8,
134 (ww)-NR8S(O)4R8, (xx)-C(OR8)(OR8)R8,
135 (yy)-C(R8)2NR8R8, (zz) =NR8,
136 (ab)-C(S)NR8R8, (ac)-NR8C(S)R8,
137 (ad)-OC(S)NR8R8, (ae) -NR8C(S)OR8,
138 (af) -NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ag) -SC(O)R8,
139 (ah) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (ai) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (aj) a
140 C2-6 alkynyl group, (ak) a Ci-6 alkoxy group, (al) a Ci-6
141 alkylthio group, (am) a Ci-6 acyl group, (an) -CF3,
142 (ao) -SCF3 , (ap) a C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
143 carbocycle, and (aq) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated,
144 or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
145 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
146 alternatively, NR6R6 forms a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring
147 including the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached wherein said ring is 148 optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are
149 bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)P, N, and NR8;
150 alternatively, CR6R6 forms a carbonyl group;
151 R7, at each occurrence, is selected from:
152 (a) H, (b) =0, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) -CF3,
153 (h) -CN, (i) -N3 (j) -NO2, (k) -NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (1) -OR9, (m) -
154 S(O)pC(R6R6)tR9, (n) -C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (o) -OC(0)(CR6R6)tR9, (p) -
155 SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (q) -C(O)O(CR6R5)tR9, (r) -NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (s) -
156 C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (t) -C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (u) -C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9,
157 (v) -C(=NNR6C(O)R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (w) -€(=NOR9)(CR6R6)tR9, (x) -
158 NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (y) -OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (z) -
159 NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (aa) -NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (bb) -
160 S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (cc) -NR^O^NR'XCRVhR9, (dd) -NR6R6, (ee) -
161 NR6(CR6R6), (ff) -OH, (gg) -NR6R6, (hh)^OCH3, (ii) -S(O)pR6, (jj) -
162 NC(O)R6, (kk) -Si(R13)3, (11) a C1-6 alkyl group, (mm) a C2-6 alkenyl group,
163 (nn) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (oo) -C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
164 carbocycle, and (pp) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
165 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
166 oxygen, and sulfur,
167 wherein any of (kk)-(oo) optionally is substituted with one or more R9
168 groups;
169 alternatively, two R7 groups can form -O(CH2)UO-;
170 R8 is selected from:
171 (a) R5, (b) H, (be) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (cd) a C2-β alkenyl group, (de) a
172 C2-6 alkynyl group, (ef) a C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle,
173 (fg) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle
174 containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
175 sulfur, (gh) -C(O)-Ci-6 alkyl, (hi) -C(O)-C2-6 alkenyl, (ij) -C(O)-C2^
176 alkynyl, (jk) -C(O)-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and
177 (kl) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle
178 containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
179 sulfur, 180 wherein any of (bc)-(k) optionally is substituted with one or more
181 moieties selected from: (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN,
182 (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alkyl), (kk) N(Ci^ alkyl)2,
183 (11) a C i-6 alkoxy group, (mm) an aryl group, (nn) a substituted aryl
184 group, (oo) a heteroaryl group, (pp) a substituted heteroaryl group, and
185 (qq) a C« alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more
186 moieties selected from an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a
187 heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2,
188 CF3, SCF3, and OH;
189 R9, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
190 (a) R10, (b) a -C1^ alkyl, (c) a -C2^ alkenyl, (d) -C2^ alkynyl, (e) a C3-12
191 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered
192 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more
193 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
194 wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R10
195 groups;
196 R10, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
197 (a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) -CF3, (h) -CN, (i) -NO2, (j) -
198 NR6R6, (k) -OR6, (1) -S(O)pR6, (m) -C(O)R6, (n) -C(O)OR6, (o) -OC(O)R6,
199 (p) NR6C(O)R6, (q) -C(O)NR6R6, (r) -C(=NR6)R6, (s) -NR6C(O)NR6R6, (t) -
200 NR6S(O)pR6, (u) -S(O)pNR6R6, (v) -NR6S(O)pNR6R6, (w) a C1^ alkyl group,
201 (x) -C2-6 alkenyl, (y) -C2.6 alkynyl, (z) C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
202 carbocycle, and (aa) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
203 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
204 oxygen, and sulfur,
205 wherein any of (w)-(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more
206 moieties selected from R6, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, -OR6, -NH2, -
207 NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, a Ci-6 alkoxy group, a C1^ alkylthio
208 group, and a C1-6 acyl group;
209 R1 ' and Rl la at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
210 (a) -O(O)CH3, (b) -C(O)H, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) CN, (h) NO2, (i)
211 OR8, (j) -S(O)pR8, (k) -C(O)R8, (1) -C(O)OR8, (m) -OC(O)R8, (n) -
212 C(O)NR8R8, (o) -OC(O)NR8R8, (p) -C(=NR8)R8, (q) -C(R8)(R8)OR8, (r) - 213 C(R8)2OC(O)R8, (s) -C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)tNR8R8, (t) -NR8R8, (u) -NR8OR8, (v)
214 -NR8C(O)R8, (w) -NR8C(O)OR8, (x) -NR8C(O)NR8R8, (y) -NR8S(O)pR8, (z)
215 -C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (aa) -C(R8)2NR8R8, (bb) =NR8, (cc) -C(S)NR8R8, (dd) -
216 NR8C(S)R8, (ee) -OC(S)NR8R8, (ff) -NR8C(S)OR8, (gg) -NR8C(S)NR8R8,
217 (hh) -SC(O)R8, (ii) -N3, (jj) -Si(R13)3, (kk) NR8(C=NR8)R8, (11)
218 NH(C=NH)NH2, (kkii) a Ci-6 alkyl group, (lljj) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (mmkk) a
219 C2-6 alkynyl group, (nnll) a Ci-6 alkoxy group, (oomm) a Ci^ alkylthio group,
220 (ppnn) a Ci^ acyl group, (qqoo) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
221 carbocycle, and (rrpp) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
222 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
223 oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (kkii)-(mmkk) optionally are substituted with one
224 or more R5 groups;
225 R12 is selected from:
226 (a) H, (b) a C i-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group,
227 (e) -C(O)R5, (f) -C(O)OR5, (g) -C(O)-NR4R4, (h) -C(S)R5, (i) -C(S)OR5, Q)
228 -C(O)SR5, (k) -C(S)-NR4R4, (1) a C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
229 carbocycle, (m) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
230 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
231 oxygen, and sulfur, (n) a -(Ci-6 alkyl) -C3-U saturated, unsaturated, or
232 aromatic carbocycle, and (o) a -(Ci-6 alkyl)-3-12 membered saturated,
233 unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
234 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
235 wherein (a)-(d) and (IM0) optionally are substituted with one or more
236 R5 groups;
237 each R13 is independently selected from (a) -Ci^ alkyl and (b) -0-(Ci-6 alkyl):
238 R14 at each occurrence is independently selected from:
239 (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g)NO2, (h) OR8, (i) -S(O)pR8, Q)-
240 C(O)R8, (k)-C(O)OR8, (1)-OC(O)R8, (m) -C(O)NR8R8, (n) -OC(O)NR8R8,
241 (0)-C(=NR8)R8, (p) -C(R8)(R8)OR8, (q) -C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
242 (r) -C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)tNR8R8, (s) -NR8R8, (t) -NR8OR8,
243 (u) -NR8C(O)R8, (v) -NR8C(O)OR8, (w)-NR8C(O)NR8R8, (x) -NR8S(O)pR8,
244 (y) -C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (z) -C(R8)2NR8R8, (aa) -C(S)NR8R8, (bb) -NR8C(S)R8,
245 (cc)-OC(S)NR8R8, (dd)-NR8C(S)OR8, (ee) -NR8C(S)NR8R8, (fϊ)-SC(O)R8, 246 (gg) -N3, (hh) -Si(R13)3, (ii) a C1^ alkyl group, (jj) a C2* alkenyl group, (kk) a
247 C2-6 alkynyl group, (11) a C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle,
248 and (mm) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle
249 containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
250 sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R5
251 groups;
252 alternatively two R14 groups are taken together to form (a) =O, (b) =S, (c)
253 =NR8, or (d) =NOR8;
254 p at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
255 t at each occurrence is 0, 1 , or 2;
256 and u at each occurrence is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
257
1 2. A compound according to claim 1, having the structure:
Figure imgf000132_0001
3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A, B, C, D,
4 T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described in claim 1.
5
1 3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-
2 oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A and C are independently -Ci-^ alkyl-, wherein any of the
3 aliphatic carbons atoms is optionally replaced with -(C=O)-, -O-, -S-, and -NR4-, and
4 wherein the Ci^ alkyl group is optionally further substituted with -OH, -N(R+J2, or halogen. 5
1 4. A compound according to any of claims 1-3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
2 ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A is -Ci-6 alkyl- and C is -Ci_6 alkyl-, wherein any
3 of the aliphatic carbons atoms is optionally replaced with -(C=O)-, -O-, -S-, and -NR4-, and
4 wherein the Ci-β alkyl group is optionally further substituted with -OH, -N(R4)2, or halogen. 5
5. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
Figure imgf000133_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein A, D, T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described in claim 1.
6. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
Figure imgf000133_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein D, T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described in claim 1.
7. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
Figure imgf000133_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein D, T, R1, R2, and R3 are as described in claim 1.
8. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
Figure imgf000134_0001
s or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein G, T, R1, R2, and R are as described in claim 1.
9. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
Figure imgf000134_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein G, T, R1, R2, R3 , Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, and X are as described in claim 1.
10. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
Figure imgf000135_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof wherein G, T, R , R , R3 , Ra, Rb, RC, Rd, Re, and X are as described in claim 1.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of (a) H, (b) F, (c) -OH, (d) -0(C1-6 alkyl), (e) -S(C1^ alkyl), and (f) -SH.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 11 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is selected from F, OH, and -O(Ci-6 alkyl).
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is F.
14. A compound according to any one of claims 1-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is OH
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is -O(Ci-6 alkyl).
16. A compound according to claim 15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein X is -OCH3.
17. A compound according to any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rd and Re are independently selected from (a) Cl, (b) Br, (c) F, (d) H and (e) C1^ alkyl.
18. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R and Re are H.
19. A compound according to any one of claims 1 - 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rc is selected from (a) H, (b) Ci-β alkyl, (c) ■ CF3, (d) -CF2H, and (e) -CFH2.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 1-19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Rc is H.
21. A compound according to any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra and Rb are selected from H, F, OH, and - O(C1-6 alkyl).
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is F.
23. A compound according to any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is -OH.
24. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is -O(d_5 alkyl).
25. A compound according to any one of claims 1-24, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is -OCH3.
26. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein Ra is H and Rb is H.
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -26, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein G is B'.
28. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein G is -B'-Z-B".
29. A compound according to any one of claims 1-28, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug, thereof, wherein T is:
Figure imgf000137_0001
wherein:
M is selected from:
(a) -C(O)-, (b) -CH(-OR] 14)-, (c) -NR114-CH2- (d) -CH2-NR114-, (e) - CH(NR114R11V, (f) -C(=NNR] 14R114>-, (g) -NR114-C(O)-, (h) -C(O)NR114-, (i)
Figure imgf000137_0002
R100 is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) -SR114, and (f) Ci-6 alkyl, wherein
(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R101 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Cl, (c) F, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) -NR114R114, (g) -NR114C(O)R114, (h) - OR114, (i) -OC(O)R114, 0) -OC(O)OR114, (k) -OC(O)NR114R114, (1) -O-C,- C5 alkyl, (m) -OC(O)-Ci-6 alkyl, (n) -OC(O)O-Ci^ alkyl, (o) -OC(O)NR114- Ci-6 alkyl, (p) Ci-6 alkyl, (q) C2-6 alkenyl, and (r) C2-β alkynyl, wherein any of (1) - (r) optionally is substituted with one or more
R115 groups;
R , 110U2Z is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) -SR114, and (f) Ci-s alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R11S groups;
R , 103 is selected from:
-136- (a) H, (b) -OR1 H, (c) -O-d-6 alkyl-R115, (d) -OC(O)R114, (e) -OC(O)-Ci-6 alkyl-R11S, (f) -OC(O)OR1 M, (g) -OC(O)O-Ci-6 alkyl-R115, (h) -OC(O)NR114R114, (i) -OC(O)NR114-Ci^ alkyl-R115, and
Figure imgf000138_0001
alternatively, R102 and R1 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form (a) a carbonyl group or (b) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups; alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together are a single bond between the respective carbons to which these two groups are attached thereby creating a double bond between the carbons to which R100 and R102 are attached; alternatively, R101 and R taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, wherein said 3-7 membered ring can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups; alternatively, R100, R101, R102, and R103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered fused carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, wherein said fused ring can be optionally substituted with one or more R114 groups; R104 is selected from: (a) H, (b) R114, (c) -C(O)R114(d) -C(O)OR114 (e) -C(O)NR114R114, (f) -C]-6 alkyl-K-R114, (g) -C2^ alkenyl-K-R114, and (h) -C2-* alkynyl-K-R1 !4; K is selected from: (a) -C(O)-, (b) ^C(O)O-, (c) -C(O)NR114-, (d) -C(=NR] 14)-, (e) - C(=NR' 14)O-, (f) -C(=NR' 14)NR' 14-, (g) -OC(O)-, (h) -OC(O)O-, (i) - OC(O)NR114-, (j) -NR114C(O)-, (k) -NR114C(O)O-, (1) -NR114C(O)NR114-, (m) -NR114C(=NR' 14)NR! 14-, and (n) -S(0)p-; alternatively R103 and R104, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
Figure imgf000139_0001
wherein RI3S and R136 are selected from (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) C3.12 saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocycle, (e) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atoms, (f) F, (g) Br, (h) I, (i) OH, (j) -Nj, wherein (b) through (e) are optionally substituted with one or more R117; or alternatively, R135 and R136 are taken together to form =O, =S, =NR114, =NOR114, =NR114, Or =N-NR114, R114, wherein V is selected from (a) -{Ci-4-alkyl)-, (b)-(C2^-alkenyl)-, (c) O, (d) S, and (e) NR114, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R1 π;
R105 is selected from:
(a) R114, (b) -OR114, (c) -NR114R114, (d) -C)-Ci-6 alkyl-R115, (e) -C(O)-R114, (f) -C(O)-Ci-6 alkyl-R115, (g) -OC(O)-R114, (h) -OC(O)-Ci^ alkyl-R115, (i) -OC(O)O-R114, O) -OC(O)O-C1^ alkyl-R115, (k) -OC(O)NR , 111144R7, 1114
(1) -OC(O)NR114-Ci-6 alkyl-R » 111155, (m) -C(O)-C2-6 alkenyl-R115, and (n) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl-R 115. alternatively, R and R , 105 , taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form
Figure imgf000139_0002
wherein
Q is CH or N, and
R126 is -OR1 14, -NR1 14 Or R114; alternatively, R and R , 105 , taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form: 72
Figure imgf000140_0001
wherein
73 i) R149 is selected from:
74 (a) H, (b) Cl, (c) F, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) -NR114R114, (g) -NR114C(O)R114, (h) -OR114, (i) -
75 OC(O)R114, (J) -OC(O)OR114, (k) -OC(O)NR114R114, (1) -0-C6 alkyl, (m) -OC(O)-Ci-6 76 alkyl, (n) -OC(O)O-Ci-6 alkyl, (o) -OC(O)NR1 "-Cw alkyl, (p) C6 alkyl, (q) C2-s alkenyl, 77 and (r) d-β alkynyl, 78 wherein any of (1) - (r) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups; 79 ii) R150 is H, Ci-6 alkyl, or F;
80 ii) alternately, R149 and R150 can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached
81 to form a carbonyl group;
82 iii) alternately, R149 and R150 can be taken together to form the group -0(CR116R116)UO-;
83 alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
Figure imgf000140_0002
85 wherein in the preceding structure the dotted line indicates an optional double bond 86 v) R130 is -OH, or R114, 87 vi) R131 is -OH, or R114, 88 vii) alternately, R130 and R131 together with the carbons to which 89 they are attached form a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated 90 or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can 91 optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups; 92 viii) alternatively, R130 and the carbon to which it is attached or R131 93 and the carbon to which it is attached are each 94 independently -C(=O)-; 95 alternatively, R105, R132 and M, taken together with the atoms to which they are
96 attached, form:
Figure imgf000141_0001
98 R106 is selected from:
99 (a) -OR114, (b) -Ci-6 alkoxy-R115, (c) -C(O)R114, (d) -OC(O)R114, (e) -
100 OC(O)OR114, (f) -OC(O)NR114R114, and (g) -NR114R114,
101 alternatively, R105 and R106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached
102 form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected
103 from:
104 (a) -OC(R115)2O-, (b) -OC(O)O-, (c) -OC(O)NR114-, (d) -NR114C(O)O-,
105 (e) -OC(O)NOR1 14-, (f) -NOR1 14-C(O)O-, (g) -OC(O)N[NR114R114] -, (h) -
106 N[NR114R114]-C(O)O-, (i) -OC(O)C(R11V, O) -C(RU5)2C(O)O-, (k) -
107 OC(S)O-, (1) -OC(S)NR114-, (m) -NR114C(S)O-, (n) -OC(S)NOR114-, (o) -
108 • NOR114-C(S)O-, (p) -OC(S)N[NR114R114]- (q) -N[NR114R114]-C(S)O-, (r) -
109 OC(S)C(R1 15)2- (s) -C(R115)2C(S)O-, (t) -OC(O)CR11S[S(O)PR114] - (u) -
110 OC(O)CR115PNIR114R114] -, (v) -CR115[NR114R114]C(O)O-, and (w) -
111 CR115[S(O)pR' 14]C(O)O-; 112
113 alternatively, R105, R106, and R133 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached
114 form:
Figure imgf000141_0002
116 alternatively, M, R105, and R10 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached
117 form: 118
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
125 wherein J1 and J2 are selected from hydrogen, Cl, F, Br, I, OH, -Ci-β alkyl, and -0(Ci-6 alkyl)
126 or are taken together to form =0, =S, =NR* 14, =N0R' w, =NR' 14, or =N-NR' 14R1 M,
127 alternatively, M and R .104 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
Figure imgf000144_0001
131 wherein U is selected from (a) -(Ci-4-alkyl)- and (b)-(C2^-alkenyl)-, wherein (a) and
132 (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R 117 ,
133 alternatively, M and R105 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached
134 to form:
Figure imgf000145_0001
136 137
Figure imgf000145_0002
139 R . 10 u7/ is selected from 140 (a) H, (b) -C i-6 alkyl, (c) -C2-6 alkenyl, which can be further substituted with 141 Ci-ό alkyl or one or more halogens, (d) -C2-6 alkynyl, which can be further 142 substituted with C 1-5 alkyl or one or more halogens, (e) aryl or heteroaryl, 143 which can be further substituted with Ci_6 alkyl or one or more halogens, (f) - 144 C(O)H, (g) -COOH, (h) -CN, (i) -COOR114, (j) -C(O)NR114R114, (k) - 145 C(O)R114, and (1) -C(O)SR114, wherein (b) is further substituted with one or 146 more substituents selected from (aa) -OR114, (bb) halogen, (cc) -SR114, (dd) 147 Ci-6 alkyl, which can be further substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, 148 Ci^alkoxy, or amino, (ee) -OR114, (fϊ) -SR114, (gg) -NR114R114, (hh) ^CN, 149 (ϋ) -NO2, (jj) -NC(O)R114, (kk) -COOR114, (11) -N3, (mm) =N-O-R114, (nn) 150 =NR114, (00) =N-NRU4R114, (pp) ^N-NH-C(O)R114, and (qq) =N-NH- 151 C(O)NR114R1 14; 152 alternatively R106 and R107 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached 153 to form an epoxide, a carbonyl, an exocyclic olefin, or a substituted exocyclic olefin, or a C3- 154 C7 carbocyclic, carbonate, or carbamate, wherein the nitrogen of said carbamate can be
155 further substituted with a Cr6 alkyl;
156 R108 is selected from:
157 (a) Ci-6 alkyl, (b) C2-5 alkenyl, and (c) C2-6 alkynyl,
158 wherein any of (a)-(c) optionally is substituted with one or more R114
159 groups;
160 R109 is H, Ci-6 alkyl, or F;
161 R114, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
162 (a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-I2 saturated,
163 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated,
164 or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from
165 nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -C(O)-C 1 -e alkyl, (h) -C(O)-C2-6 alkenyl,
166 (i) -C(O)-C2-6 alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
167 carbocycle, (k) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
168 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
169 oxygen, and sulfur, (1) -C(O)O-Ci-6 alkyl, (m) -C(O)O-C2-6 alkenyl, (n) -
170 C(O)O-C2-6 alkynyl, (o) -C(O)O-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
171 carbocycle, (p) -C(O)O-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
172 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
173 oxygen, and sulfur, (q) -C(O)NR116R116, (r) -NR116CO-C 1 -6 alkyl, (s) -
174 NR116CO-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (t) -NR116C(O)-
175 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one
176 or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (u) -(Ci-6
177 alkyl)-O-(C1-6 alkyl), (v) -(Ci-6 alkyl)-O-(Ci-6 alkyl)-O-(CI-6 alkyl), (w) -OH,
178 (x) -OR115, (y) -NH(C1-6 alkyl), (z) -N(C1-6 alkyl)2, (aa) -(C1^ alkyl)-S(O)p-
179 (C6 alkyl), (bb) -(C6 alkyl)- S(O)P-(C,^ alkyl)-S(O)p-(C,^ alkyl), (cc) -(C1^
180 alkyl)-O-(C1-6 alkyl)-S(O)p-(C1-6 alkyl), (dd) -(C1-6 alkyl)- S(O)15-(C1^
181 alkyl)-O-(C 1 -β alkyl), and (ee) -NH2;
182 wherein the terminal alkyl group in any of (u)-(v) or (aa)-(dd) includes
183 cycloalkyl,
184 wherein any of (b)-(v) or (aa)-(dd) optionally is substituted with one or
185 more R115 groups, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties
186 of any of (b)-(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(0)p, or -NR116 187 alternatively, NR114R114 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring
188 including the nitrogen atom to which the R1 H groups are bonded and optionally one or more
189 moieties selected from O, S(O)P, N, and NR118;
190 R115 is selected from:
191 (a) R117, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated,
192 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated,
193 or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from
194 nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -OCi-6 alkyl, (h) -OC2-6 alkenyl, (i) -OC2-6
195 alkynyl,
196 wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R1 π
197 groups;
198 R116, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
199 (a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-I2 saturated,
200 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-12 membered saturated,
201 unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
202 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
203 wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)-(d)
204 optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O)P, or -NR118, wherein any of
205 (by- (f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected
206 from:
207 (aa) carbonyl, (bb) formyl, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (ff) I, (gg)
208 CN, (hh) N3, (ii) NO2, (jj) OR118, (kk) -S(O)PR118, (11) -
209 C(O)R118, (mm) -C(O)OR118, (nn) -OC(O)R118, (00) -
210 C(O)NR118R118, (PP) -OC(O)NR118R118, (qq) -C(=NR118)R118,
211 (rr) -C(R118)(R118)OR118, (SS) -C(R118)2OC(O)R118, (tt) -
212 C(R1 ^)(OR118XCH2XNR118R118, (uu) -NR118R118; (w) -
213 NR118OR118, (ww) -NR118C(O)R118, (xx) -NR118C(O)OR118,
214 (yy) -NR118C(O)NR118R118, (zz) -NR118S(OXR118, (ab) -
215 C(OR118XOR118)R118, (ac) -C(R1^)2NR118R118, (ad) =NR118,
216 (ae) -C(S)NR118R118, (af) -NR118C(S)R118, (ag) -
217 OC(S)NR118R118, (ah) -NR118C(S)OR118, (ai) -
218 NR1 18C(S)NR118R118, (aj) -SC(O)R118, (ak) Ci-6 alkyl, (al)
219 C2^ alkenyl, (am) d^ alkynyl, (an) Ci-6 alkoxy, (ao) Ci-6 220 alkylthio, (ap) C] ^ acyl, (aq) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
221 C3-12 carbocycle, and (ar) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
222 3-12 membered heterocycle containing one or more
223 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
224 alternatively, NR1 16R1 16 forms a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic
225 ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R1 16 groups are attached and optionally one or
226 more moieties selected from O, S(O)P, N, and NR118;
227 alternatively, CR1 16R1 16 forms a carbonyl group;
228 R117, at each occurrence, is selected from:
229 (a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h)
230 (CR116R116XCN, (i) (CR116R116)rNO2, (j) (CR116R1 16XNR1 1^CR116R116XR119,
231 (k) (CR1 16R1 16XOR119, (1) (CR116R116XS(O)P(CR1 16R116XR119,
232 (m) (CR116R116XC(O)(CR116R116XR119, (n) (CR116R116XOC(O)(CR116R1 16XR119,
233 (o) (CR1 16R1 16XSC(O)(CR116R116XR119,
234 (p) (CR1 16R116XC(O)O(CR116R116XR119,
235 (q) (CR116R1 16XNR116C(OXCR116R116XR119,
236 (r) (CR1 16R116χC(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119, (s)
237 (CR116R116XC(=NR116)(CR116R116),R1 19,
238 (t) (CR1 16R116)rC(=NNR1 16R116)(CR116R1 16)tR119,
239 (u) (CR1 16R1 16)rC(=NNR116C(O)Rπ6)(CR116R1 16),R119,
240 (v) (CR1 16R1 16)rC(=N0R' 19)(CR' 16R1 16),R' 19,
241 (w) (CR116R116XNR116C(O)O(CR116R116XR1 19,
242 (x) (CR1 16R1 16)rOC(O)NR116(CR1 16R116XR1 19,
243 (y) (CR116R116XNR1 16C(O)NR11^CR1 16R1 16),R119,
244 (z) (CR1 16R116XNR1 16S(O)P(CR' 16R1 16XR119,
245 (aa) (CR1 16R1 16XS(O)PNR116(CR' 16R1 16XR1 19,
246 (bb) (CR1 16R1 16XNR1 16S(O)PNR116(CR! 16R116)tR' 19,
247 (cc) (CR1 16R1 16XNR116R1 16, (dd) C1-6 alkyl, (ee) C2^ alkenyl, (ff) C2-6 alkynyl,
248 (gg) (CR1 16R1 16)r-C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (hh)
249 (CR116R116)r-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle
250 containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
251 sulfur, and (ii) -P(O)(O(C6 alkyltø, 252 wherein any of (dd)-(hh) optionally is substituted with one or more
253 R119 groups;
254 alternatively, two R1 π groups can form -O(CH2)UO-;
255 R118 is selected from:
256 (a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2^ alkenyl, (d) C2^ alkynyl, (e) C3-I2 saturated,
257 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated,
258 or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from
259 nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g) -C(O)-Ci-S alkyl, (h) -C(O)-C2-O alkenyl,
260 (i) -C(O)-C2-S alkynyl, (j) -C(O)-C3-I2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
261 carbocycle, and (k) -C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
262 heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen,
263 oxygen, and sulfur,
264 wherein any of (b)-(k) optionally is substituted with one or more
265 moieties selected from: (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN,
266 (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1* alkyl), (kk) N(Ci* alkyl)2)
267 (11) Ci-6 alkoxy, (mm) aryl, (nn) substituted aryl, (oo) heteroaryl, (pp)
268 substituted heteroaryl, and (qq) Ci* alkyl, optionally substituted with
269 one or more moieties selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
270 substituted heteroaryl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, and OH;
271 R119, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
272 (a) R120, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2^ alkenyl, (d) C2^ alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated,
273 unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-12 membered saturated,
274 unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
275 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
276 wherein any of (b)-(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R114
277 groups;
278 R120, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
279 (a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h)
280 (CR116R116)rCN, (i) (CR116R116J1NO2, (j) (CR116R116XNR116R116, (k)
281 (CR116R11^OR114, (1) (CRl l6Rl l6)rS(O)pRu6, (m) (CR116R116)rC(O)R116,
282 (n) (CR116R116)rC(O)OR' 16, (O) (CR1 16R116)rOC(O)R' 16, (p)
283 (CR116R116XNR116C(O)R116, (q) (CR116R116XC(O)NR116R116, (r) 284 (CR116R116)rC(=NR116)R116, (s) (CR116R116J1NR116C(O)NR1 16R1 16,
285 (t) (CR116R116J1NR116S(O)PR116, (u) (CR116R116XS(O)PNR116R116, (v)
286 (CR116R116J1NR116S(O)PNR116R116, (w) C1-6 alkyl, (x) C2-6 alkenyl, (y)
287 C2-6 alkynyl, (z) (CR116R116)r-C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
288 carbocycle, and (aa) (CR116R116)r-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or
289 aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from
290 nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
291 wherein any of (w)-(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more
292 moieties selected from R116, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, -OR116, -NH2, -
293 NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci_6 alkyl)2, Ci-6 alkoxy, C6 alkylthio, and
294 Ci-6 acyl;
295 R121, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
296 (a) H, (b) -OR118, (c) -0-Ci-6 alkyl-OC(O)R118, (d) -O-C1-6 alkyl-
297 OC(O)OR118, (e) -0-C-6 alkyl-OC^NR118R118, (f) -0-Ci-6 alkyl-
298 C(O)NR118R118, (g) -0-Ci-6 alkyl-NR118C(O)R118, (h) -O-C]-6 alkyl-
299 NR118C(O)OR118, (i) -O-C]-6 alkyl-NR118C(O)NR118R118, (j) -O-Cw alkyl-
300 NR118C(=N(H)NR' 18R118), (k) -0-Ci-6 alkyl-S^pR118, (1) -0-C2-6 alkenyl-
301 OC(O)R118, (m) -0-C2^ alkenyl-OC^OR118, (n) -O-C2-6 alkenyl-
302 OC(O)NR118R118, (o) -0-C2-6 alkenyl-CfOJNR118R118, (p) -0-C2-6 alkenyl-
303 NR118C(O)R118, (q) -0-C2^ alkenyl-NR118C(O)OR118, (r) -0-C2-6 alkenyl-
304 NR118C(O)NR118R118, (s) -O-C2-6 alkenyl-NR118Ct=N(H)NR1 18R118), (t) -O-
305 C2^s alkenyl-S(O)pR118, (u) -0-C2-6 alkynyl-OC(O)R' !8, (v) -0-C2-6 alkynyl-
306 OC(O)OR118, (w) -0-C2-63HCyHyI-OC(O)NR118R118, (x) -O-C2* alkynyl-
307 C(O)NR118R118, (y) -O-C2^ alkynyl-NR118C(O)R118, (z) -O-C2-6 alkynyl-
308 NR118C(O)OR118, (aa) -0-C2^ alkynyl-NR118C(O)NR118R118,
309 (bb) -0-C2-6 alkynyl-NR118C(=N(H)NR' 18R118), (cc) -O-C2-6 alkynyl-
310 S(O)pR118, (dd) -NR118R118, (ee) -Q-6 alkyl-O-CM alkyl, (ff) -d-ealkyl-
311 NR114-Ci-6 alkyl, (gg) -C,^ alkyl-S(O)p-C^ alkyl, (hh) -OC(O)NR114(C w
312 alkyl)-NRU4-(Ci^ alkyl) -R114, (ii) -OH, Qj) -C!-6 alkyl, (kk) C2^ alkenyl, (11)
313 C2.* alkynyl, (mm) -CN, (nn) -CH2S(O)pR137, (oo) -CH2OR137, (pp) -
314 CH2N(OR138)R137, (qq) -CH2NR137R139, (rr) -(CH2)v(C6-,0 aiyl), and (ss)-
315 (CH2)V(5-1O membered heteroaryl), wherein (jj)-(ss) are optionally substituted
316 by 1, 2, or 3 R140 groups; 317 alternatively, two R121 groups taken together form =O, =NOR118, or =NNR1I8R118;
318 R127 is R114, a monosaccharide or a disaccharide (including amino sugars and
319 halogenated sugar(s)), -S(O)PR148,
320 -CCH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-O(CH2)nCH3,
321 -CCH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-OR148,
322 -CCH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-S(O)p(CH2)nCH3 ,
323 -(CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-OR148,
324 -OCH2-O-(CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-S(O)p(CH2)nCH3,
325 -OCH2-O-(CH2)n-[S(O)p-CH2CH2-]m-OR148,
326 -O-[C3-i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle] wherein said carbocycle is
327 further optionally substituted with one or more R114,
328 -O-[3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or
329 more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur], wherein said
330 heterocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114,
331 -S(O)P-[Cs-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle] wherein said carbocycle
332 is further optionally substituted with one or more R1 M,
333 or -S(O)p-[3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing
334 one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur], wherein said
335 heterocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114;
336 R128 is R114;
337 R129 Is R114;
338 alternatively both R128 substituents can be taken together with the carbons to which
339 they are attached to form carbonyl or =NR! 14, or a saturated or unsaturated C3-6 spiro
340 ring or a 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated heterospiro ring containing one or
341 more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by
342 one or more R1 π groups,
343 alternatively both R129 substituents can be taken together with the carbons to which
344 they are attached to form carbonyl or =NR* 14, or a saturated or unsaturated C3^ spiro
345 ring or a 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated heterospiro ring containing one or
346 more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by
347 one or more R1 π groups,
348 alternatively an R128 and an R129 substituent can be taken together with the carbons to
349 which they are attached to form a C3-12 saturated or unsaturated ring or saturated or 350 unsaturated bicyclic ring, or a 3- 12 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic
351 ring or saturated or unsaturated heterobicyclic ring containing one or more nitrogens,
352 oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by one or more R174
353 groups,
354 alternatively both R128 groups and both R129 groups can be taken together with the
355 carbons to which they are attached to form an unsaturated bond between the carbon
356 atoms to which R128 and R129 are attached and a C3-i2 unsaturated or aromatic ring or
357 unsaturated or aromatic bicyclic ring, or a 3-12 membered unsaturated or aromatic
358 heterocyclic ring or unsaturated or aromatic heterobicyclic ring containing one or
359 more nitrogens, oxygens, or sulfurs, said rings further being optionally substituted by
360 one or more R117 groups,
361 R110 Is R114;
362 alternatively, R109 and R110 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached
363 form:
Figure imgf000152_0001
365 R132 , R133, and R134 are each independently selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br,
366 (e) -OR114, (f) -SR114, (g) -NR114R114, and (h) Ci-6 alkyl, wherein (h) optionally is
367 substituted with one or more R115 groups;
368 alternatively, R132 and R133 are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
369 alternatively, R133 and R134 are taken together to form =O, =S, =N0R114, =NR! 14, or
370 =N-NR114R114;
371 alternatively, R105 and R134 are taken together with the carbons to which they are
372 attached to form a 3 -membered ring, said ring optionally containing an oxygen or
373 nitrogen atom, and said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R114
374 groups;
375 alternatively when M is a carbon moiety, R134 and M are taken together to form a
376 carbon-carbon double bond;
377 R137 is independently (a) H, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2^ alkynyl, (e) -
378 (CH2)qCR141R142(CH2)nNR143R144, -(CH2)V(C6-Cio aryl), or-(CH2)v(5-10 membered
379 heteroaryl); 380 or where R137 is-CH2NR137R139, R139 and R137 may be taken together to form a 4-10
381 membered monocyclic or polycyclic saturated ring or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl
382 ring, wherein said saturated and heteroaryl rings optionally include 1 or 2 heteroatoms
383 selected from O, S, and -N(R137)-, in addition to the nitrogen to which R139 and R137
384 are attached, said saturated ring optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or
385 triple bonds, and said saturated and heteroaryl rings are optionally substituted by 1 , 2,
386 or 3 R140 groups;
387 each R138 is independently H or
Figure imgf000153_0001
alkyl;
388 each R141, R142, R143, and R144 is independently selected from H, Ci-6 alkyl, -
389 (CH2)m(C6-Cio aryl), and -(CH2)m(5-10 membered heteroaryl), wherein the foregoing
390 R141, R142, R143, and R144 groups, except H, are optionally substituted by 1 , 2, or 3 R140
391 groups;
392 or R141 and R143 are taken together to form -(CH2)O- wherein o, at each
393 occurrence is 0, 1, 2, or 3 such that a 4-7 membered saturated ring is formed that
394 optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or triple bonds;
395 or R143 and R144 are taken together to form a 4-10 membered monocyclic or
396 polycyclic saturated ring or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein said saturated
397 and heteroaryl rings optionally include 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from O, S and -
398 N(R137)-, in addition to the nitrogen to which R143 and R144 are attached, said saturated
399 ring optionally includes 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and said
400 saturated and heteroaryl rings are optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 R140 groups;
401 R139 is H, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, or C2-C6 alkynyl, wherein the foregoing
402 R139 groups, except H, are optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents
403 independently selected from halo and -OR138;
404 each R140 is independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl,
405 azido, -C(O)R145, -C(O)OR145, -OC(O)OR145, -NR146C(O)R147, -NR146R147, OH, C,-6
406 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, -(CH∑MCβ-Cioaryl), and -(CH2M5-10 membered heteroaryl),
407 wherein said aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted by 1 or 2
408 substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, -
409 C(O)R145,-C(O)OR145, -OC(O)OR145, -NR146C(O)R147, -C(O)NR146R147, -NR146R147,
410 OH, Ci-6 alkyl, and d-6 alkoxy;
411 each R145 is independently selected from H, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Cn
412 alkynyl, -(CH∑MCe-Cioaryl), and -(CH2)v(5-10 membered heteroaryl); 413 each R146 and R147 is independently H, hydroxyl, C|-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6
414 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -(CH2Xr(Ce-Io aryl), or -(CH2)v(5-l 0 membered heteroaryl);
415 R148 is C re alkyl, C3.i2 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, wherein said
416 carbocycle is further optionally substituted with one or more R114, or 3-12 membered
417 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms
418 selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein said heterocycle is further
419 optionally substituted with one or more R114;
420 p, at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
421 k, at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
422 m, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
423 n, at each occurrence is 1 , 2, or 3;
424 r, at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
425 t, at each occurrence is 0, 1 , or 2;
426 v, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
427 q, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
428 and u at each occurrence is 1, 2, 3, or 4. 429
1 30. A compound according to any one of claims 1-29, or a pharmaceutically
2 acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is a macrolide selected from:
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
wherein M, Q, R104, R114, R126, R127, R128, R129, R149, and R150 are as described in claim 50.
31. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -30, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is a macrolide selected from Tl through T93:
Figure imgf000159_0002
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000160_0002
Figure imgf000161_0001
19 T16 T17 T18 20
Figure imgf000161_0002
21 T19 T20 22
23
Figure imgf000161_0003
24 T21 T22 25
Figure imgf000162_0001
T29
T30
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000163_0002
Figure imgf000163_0003
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
T57
T58
Figure imgf000166_0002
T59
T60
Figure imgf000166_0003
T61
T62
Figure imgf000167_0001
T63
T64
Figure imgf000167_0002
T65
T66
Figure imgf000168_0001
T67
T68
Figure imgf000168_0002
T69
T70
Figure imgf000169_0001
T71
T72
Figure imgf000169_0002
T73
T74
Figure imgf000169_0003
Figure imgf000170_0001
T83 T84
Figure imgf000171_0001
73 T92 and T93 74
75 32. A compound having the structure corresponding to any one of the structures listed in
76 Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 77
1 33. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of
2 claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, and a
3 pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. 4
1 34. A method for treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal comprising
2 administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to
3 any one of claims 1 -32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug
4 thereof. 5
1 35. A method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to
2 the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a
3 pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 4
1 36. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 -32, or a pharmaceutically
2 acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for
3 treating a microbial infection in a mammal 4
1 37. A method of treating or preventing a microbial infection in a mammal comprising
2 administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of
3 claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, Ν-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein
4 the microbial infection is selected from the group consisting of:
5 a skin infection, nosocomial pneumonia, community acquired pneumonia, post-viral
6 pneumonia, a respiratory tract infection such as CRTI, a skin and soft tissue infection
7 (SSTI) including uncomplicated skin and soft tissue infections (uSSTIs) and
8 complicated skin and soft tissue infections, as an abdominal infection, a urinary tract
9 infection, bacteremia, septicemia, endocarditis, an atrio-ventricular shunt infection, a
10 vascular access infection, meningitis, surgical prophylaxis, a peritoneal infection, a
11 bone infection, a joint infection, a methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
12 infection, a vancomycin-resistant Enterococci infection, a linezolid-resistant organism
13 infection, and tuberculosis.
38. A method of treating or preventing a fungal infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
39. A method of treating or preventing a parasitic disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
40. A method of treating or preventing a proliferative disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
41. A method of treating or preventing a viral infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
42. A method of treating or preventing an inflammatory disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
43. A method of treating or preventing a gastrointestinal motility disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
44. A method of treating or preventing diarrhea in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 -32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
45. A method of treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, to suppress expression of the nonsense or missense mutation.
46. The method or use according to any one of claims 34-45 wherein the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, is administered orally, otically, opthalmically, nasally, parentally, or topically.
47. A method of synthesizing a compound according to any of claims 1 -32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
48. A medical device containing a compound according to any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
49. The medical device according to claim 48 wherein the device is a stent.
PCT/US2008/002716 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same Ceased WO2008106225A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US90439507P 2007-02-28 2007-02-28
US90435507P 2007-02-28 2007-02-28
US90439207P 2007-02-28 2007-02-28
US90435107P 2007-02-28 2007-02-28
US90439607P 2007-02-28 2007-02-28
US60/904,351 2007-02-28
US60/904,392 2007-02-28
US60/904,396 2007-02-28
US60/904,395 2007-02-28
US60/904,355 2007-02-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008106225A1 true WO2008106225A1 (en) 2008-09-04

Family

ID=39433908

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/002732 Ceased WO2008143730A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002715 Ceased WO2008106224A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002718 Ceased WO2008143729A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002716 Ceased WO2008106225A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002717 Ceased WO2008106226A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002658 Ceased WO2008106204A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/002732 Ceased WO2008143730A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002715 Ceased WO2008106224A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002718 Ceased WO2008143729A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/002717 Ceased WO2008106226A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
PCT/US2008/002658 Ceased WO2008106204A1 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-02-28 Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (6) WO2008143730A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017066964A1 (en) * 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxazolidinone compounds and methods of use thereof as antibacterial agents

Families Citing this family (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011026260A (en) * 2009-07-28 2011-02-10 Central Glass Co Ltd Protected 2-fluoropropylamine having leaving group at 3-position or protected n-alkyl-2-fluoropropylamine having leaving group at 3-position
US8865662B2 (en) 2009-08-13 2014-10-21 Basilea Pharmaceutica Ag Macrolides and their use
CA2777739A1 (en) 2009-10-16 2011-04-21 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antimicrobial compounds and methods of making and using the same
CN102725274A (en) 2009-10-16 2012-10-10 Rib-X制药公司 Antimicrobial compounds and methods of making and using the same
US8357706B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2013-01-22 Receptos, Inc. Sphingosine 1 phosphate receptor modulators and methods of chiral synthesis
PT3406142T (en) 2009-11-13 2021-03-26 Receptos Llc Selective sphingosine 1 phosphate receptor modulators and methods of chiral synthesis
CN101735149B (en) 2009-11-30 2012-04-18 玉溪市维和生物技术有限责任公司 Macrocyclic amide compound with antibacterial and antitumor activities, and preparation method and application thereof
AR085286A1 (en) * 2011-02-21 2013-09-18 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd MACROLIDO DERIVATIVE REPLACED IN POSITION C-4
BR112013023536A2 (en) * 2011-03-15 2016-12-06 Rib X Pharmaceuticals Inc antimicrobial agents
WO2012158550A2 (en) 2011-05-13 2012-11-22 Receptos, Inc. Selective heterocyclic sphingosine 1 phosphate receptor modulators
MX2013015239A (en) 2011-06-30 2014-07-11 Piramal Imaging Sa DIRECT SYNTHESIS OF 18F-FLUOROMETHOXY COMPOUNDS FOR PET IMAGING AND THE PROVISION OF NEW PRECURSORS FOR DIRECT RADIOSYNTHESIS OF PROTECTED DERIVATIVES OF O-([18</s up>F]FLUOROMETHYL) TYROSINE.
CN103998419A (en) * 2011-10-17 2014-08-20 佐蒂斯有限责任公司 Novel phenicol antibacterials
JP5857008B2 (en) * 2012-08-20 2016-02-10 大正製薬株式会社 Medicament containing C-4 ″ substituted macrolide derivative
EP3038623A4 (en) 2013-09-09 2017-04-19 Melinta Therapeutics, Inc. Antimicrobial compounds and methods of making and using the same
CA2923214A1 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-03-12 Melinta Therapeutics, Inc. Antimicrobial compounds and methods of making and using the same
JP2018507881A (en) 2015-03-11 2018-03-22 メリンタ セラピューティクス，インコーポレイテッド Antimicrobial compounds and methods for making and using them
CN105153020A (en) * 2015-07-20 2015-12-16 湖南华腾制药有限公司 Preparation method for aromatic azide
CN105001118A (en) * 2015-07-20 2015-10-28 湖南华腾制药有限公司 Method for preparing iodine-containing azido compound
CN105152966A (en) * 2015-07-20 2015-12-16 湖南华腾制药有限公司 Preparation method for azide
EP3452479A1 (en) 2016-05-06 2019-03-13 Melinta Therapeutics, Inc. Antimicrobials and methods of making and using same
CN106562943B (en) * 2016-11-09 2019-07-16 济南市儿童医院 Memantine and its application in the drug of preparation treatment Acinetobacter bauamnnii infection
WO2018191682A1 (en) * 2017-04-15 2018-10-18 Melinta Therapeutics, Inc. Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same
JP2020517749A (en) * 2017-04-20 2020-06-18 ライジング タイド ファウンデーション Azithromycin derivative containing phosphonium ion as anticancer agent
WO2018193117A1 (en) * 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Novintum Biotechnology Gmbh Azithromycin derivatives containing a phosphonium ion as anticancer agents
CN108727445B (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-06-11 宜昌东阳光生化制药有限公司 Synthesis method of azithromycin impurity F
CN115724823B (en) * 2021-08-27 2023-11-24 中国科学院大连化学物理研究所 Method for preparing dihydrothiophene derivative
CN115745823B (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-02-23 武夷学院 Preparation method and application of compound
CN116574014B (en) * 2023-05-25 2024-10-22 山东锐顺药业有限公司 Preparation method of zolmitriptan intermediate

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6369035B1 (en) * 1997-10-16 2002-04-09 Pliva, Farmaceutska Industrja, Dioni{Haeck Over (C)}Ko Dru{Haeck Over (S)}Tvo 3,6-hemiketals from the class of 9A-azalides
US6664241B2 (en) * 2000-05-31 2003-12-16 Micrologix Biotech Inc. Water-soluble amide derivatives of polyene macrolides and preparation and uses thereof
WO2004080391A2 (en) * 2003-03-10 2004-09-23 Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel antibacterial agents
WO2005121160A2 (en) * 2004-04-26 2005-12-22 Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development 11, 12 cyclic thiocarbamate macrolide antibacterial agents
US6995143B2 (en) * 2002-02-28 2006-02-07 Basilea Pharmaceutica Ag Macrolides with antibacterial activity

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2002225724A1 (en) * 2000-12-01 2002-07-08 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Motilide compounds
US6992069B2 (en) * 2002-04-30 2006-01-31 Yu-Gui Gu Tricyclic macrolide antibacterial compounds
ITMI20021726A1 (en) * 2002-08-01 2004-02-02 Zambon Spa MACROLIDS WITH ANTI-INFLAMMATORY ACTIVITY.
EP2716647A3 (en) * 2004-02-27 2014-08-20 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
EP3290427A1 (en) * 2005-08-24 2018-03-07 Melinta Therapeutics, Inc. Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same
JP2009506063A (en) * 2005-08-24 2009-02-12 リブ−エックス ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイテッド Triazole compounds and methods for making and using the same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6369035B1 (en) * 1997-10-16 2002-04-09 Pliva, Farmaceutska Industrja, Dioni{Haeck Over (C)}Ko Dru{Haeck Over (S)}Tvo 3,6-hemiketals from the class of 9A-azalides
US6664241B2 (en) * 2000-05-31 2003-12-16 Micrologix Biotech Inc. Water-soluble amide derivatives of polyene macrolides and preparation and uses thereof
US6995143B2 (en) * 2002-02-28 2006-02-07 Basilea Pharmaceutica Ag Macrolides with antibacterial activity
WO2004080391A2 (en) * 2003-03-10 2004-09-23 Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel antibacterial agents
WO2005121160A2 (en) * 2004-04-26 2005-12-22 Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development 11, 12 cyclic thiocarbamate macrolide antibacterial agents

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BURGER M.T. ET AL.: "Synthesis and Antibacterial Activity of Novel C12 Vinyl Ketolides", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 49, 2006, pages 1730 - 1743 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017066964A1 (en) * 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxazolidinone compounds and methods of use thereof as antibacterial agents
US10947205B2 (en) 2015-10-22 2021-03-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxazolidinone compounds and methods of use thereof as antibacterial agents

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008106226A3 (en) 2008-11-20
WO2008143730A3 (en) 2009-05-28
WO2008143729A3 (en) 2009-05-14
WO2008143730A2 (en) 2008-11-27
WO2008106204A1 (en) 2008-09-04
WO2008106226A2 (en) 2008-09-04
WO2008143729A2 (en) 2008-11-27
WO2008106224A1 (en) 2008-09-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2008106225A1 (en) Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same
JP5631909B2 (en) Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using them
JP5981401B2 (en) Triazole compounds and methods for making and using the same
US9085600B2 (en) Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same
WO2018191682A1 (en) Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same
WO2005118610A2 (en) Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
WO2005049632A1 (en) Bifunctional macrolide heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08726287

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 08726287

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1